Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout111049 SINNETT BUILDERS - CONTRACT - BID - 5735 CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II (2)CABLE 27 STUDIO at CITY HALL Fort Collins, Colorado PHASE 2 BID # 5735 OWNER City of Fort Collins 300 Laporte Avenue Fort Collins, CO 80522 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PMPD Operations Services 117 N. Mason Street Fort Collins, CO 80522 CITY OF FORT COLLINS FACILITIES PROJECT MANAGER Steve Seefeld, CCCA (970) 221-6227 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Shaun Moscrip Aller-Lingle Architects, P.C. (970) 223-1820 PURCHASING John Stephen, CPPB Senior Buyer (970) 221-6777 described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 4 structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. and F .+�.. maintainingliability rr y paragraphs set ccdff hcin 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 and in the Supplemen Eenditions of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplefaentat-yparagraph 9.3 IN the 9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities Representative will: 9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress 19 schedule and other schedules prepared by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the ENGINEER concerning acceptability. 9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as preconstruction conferences progress meetings and other job conferences and prepare and circulate copies of minutes of meetings. 9.3.2.3. Liaison 9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR, working pnncipally through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop_ Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.4.Review of Work Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests - 9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER in determining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. corrected or rejected or SnoulQ De uncoverea for observation or requires special testing, inspection or approval. 9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Proiect, record the results of these inspections and report to the ENGINEER. 9 3 2 5 Interpretation of Contract Documents Report to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents as issued by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 20 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to ENGINEER. Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR decisions issued by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.7. Records. 9.3.2.7. L Maintain at the Revresentative's interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other ^proiect documents. 9.3.2.7.3. Record names addresses and telephone numbers of all CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and major suppliers of equipment and materials. 9.3.2.8. Reports. 9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGINEER periodic reports as required of the progress of the Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of shop Drawing and sample submittals. 9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in advance of scheduling major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 9.3 2.8.3. Draft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes, obtaining backup material from the CONTRACTOR and recommend to ENGINEER Change Orders Work Directive Changes and field orders. 9 3 2 8 4 Report immediately to ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of any accident. 9 3 2 9 Payment Requests Review applications for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendation to ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the schedule of values, work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 9.3.2.10. Completion. 9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring correction or completion. 9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the company of the ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be corrected or completed. 9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance. 9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall not: 9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment, unless authorized by the ENGINEER. 9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or CONTRACTOR'S superintendent. 9.3.3.4. Advise on, or issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding_ or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connections with the Work. 9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR. 9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or inpart. 9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by the ENGINEER. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER' authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing parry's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 22 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter . 9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. w ntten Agreement are not valid. ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Work.- 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall inelude, but aot be limited to; salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health aid -retirement benefitsr4xmHses applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 24 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTORS officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTORS principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4—all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTOR' fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee the - e*t l ° bu to to be negotiated in good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor. 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be 25 determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article I 1 if: 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 26 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole discretion without affecting the Contract Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or, addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of the original total Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at r-easenable for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such 27 uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period. 13.12.1. If within ene year two gars after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 28 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of exe-yeas two ye after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work. 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 5 damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or custodianship. By executing the application for payment form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101 et sea. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of ApplicationsforProgress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 30 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14. 10. 1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNERSs property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Proiect manual. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17.6.2 of these General Conditions. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 32 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Computation of Time: 17.2. L When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Claim: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.Cumulative Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included. 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this Agreement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes are as follows; 17.6.2. If a claim is filed OWNER is required by law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials team hire sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his 33 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 34 W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) (This page left blank intentionally.) EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 35 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 36 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GC -Al EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) GC -Al w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/94) 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials 7/96 Section 00100 Page 6 No Text SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). SC-8.10 OWNER's Project Manager A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8: 8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR shall direct all questions concerning Contract interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for clarification or instruction to the Project Manager. 8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's representative during the construction of the project. The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth in the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The Project Manager shall have the authority to reject work and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will make periodic visits to the project site to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project Manager shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions or programs in connection with the Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation applicable to the performance or furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager may perform his or her functions under the Contract Documents. 8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the Work is proceeding according to the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work will be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such matters. 8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or decisions of the Project Manager until the same are reduced to writing. NM Manager shall have the authority to reject work and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will make periodic visits to the project site to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project Manager shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions or programs in connection with the Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation applicable to the performance or furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager may perform his or her functions under the Contract Documents. 8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the Work is proceeding according to the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work will be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such matters. 8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or decisions of the Project Manager until the same are reduced to writing. 00800-2 13.12 Correction Period: Change to read: "If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions:" 13.12 Correction Period: Change to read: "If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions:" SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960Application for Payment 9/99 DATE OF ISSUANCE OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE No. EFFECTIVE DATE ENGINEER's Project No. You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Description: Purpose of Work Change Directive: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believe that the above change has affected Contract Price any Claim for a Change Order based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods as defined in the Contract Documents. Method of determining change in Contract Price: Unit Prices Lump Sum Cost of the Work Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract $ Times: If the change involves an increase, the estimated Substantial Completion: days; amount is not to be exceeded without further Ready for final payment: days. authorization. KCWMMbNOEV: AUTHORIZED: ENGINEER OWNER By: By. EJCDC No. 1910-8-F (1996 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications Institute. WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed for use in situations involving changes in the Work which, if not processed expeditiously, might delay the Project. These changes are often initiated in the field and may affect the Contract Price or the Contract Times. This is not a Change Order, but only a directive to proceed with Work that may be included in a subsequent Change Carder. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times a Field Order should be used. B. COMPLETING THE WORD CHANGE DIRECTIVE FORM Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the items involved and attachments. Based on conversations between Engineer and Contractor. Engineer completes the following: METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE, IF ANY, IN CONTRACT PRICE: Mark the method to he used in determining the final cost of Work involved and the estimated net effect on the Contract Price. If the change involves an increase in the Contract Price and the estimated amount is approached before the additional or changed Work is completed, another Work Change Directive must be issued to change the estimated price or Contractor may stop the changed Work when the k estimated time is reached. If the Work Change Directive is not likely to change the Contract price, the space for estimated increase (decrease) should be marked "Not Applicable". Once Engineer has completed and signed the form. all copies should be sent to Owner for authorization because Engineer alone does not have authority to authorize changes in Price or Times, Once authorized by Owner, a copy should be sent by Engineer to Contractor. Price and Times may only be changed by Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor with Engineer's recommendation. Paragraph I O.01A.2 of the General Conditions requires that a Change Order be initiated and processed to cover any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed pursuant to this Work Change Directive. Once the Work covered by this directive is completed or final cost and times are determined, Contractor should submit documentation for inclusion in a Change Order. THIS IS A DIRECTIVE TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE THAT MAY AFFECT THE CONTRACT PRICE OR CONTRACT TIMES. A CHANGE ORDER, IF ANY, SHOULD BE CONSIDERED PROMPTLY. Advancement of Construction Technology REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION Project: R.F.I. Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For: Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Request: Signed by: Date: Response: ❑ Attachments Response From: To: Date Rec'd: Date Ret0d: Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form I3.2A and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 7/96 Section 00100 Page 7 Advancement of Construction Technology CLARIFICATION NOTICE Project: Clarification Notice Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: ContractFor: This Clarification Notice is issued for the purpose of clarifying the Contract Documents based on an interpretation reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, and therefore has no effect on the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proceeding with Work in accordance with this Clarification Notice indicates acceptance with no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Description: ❑ Attachments Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13.3A Project: Re: Advancement Of Construction Technology FIELD ORDER Field Order Number From: Date: A/E Project Number: Contract For: You are hereby directed to execute promptly this Field Order which interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. If you consider that a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time is required, submit a Change Order Request to the A/E immediately and prior to proceeding with this Work. Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Description of Interpretation or Change: ❑ Attachments Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File Copyright 1994, Construction Specification Institute, Page of July 1994 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13AA APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROJECT: PAY ESTIMATE NO: DATE: CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: CONTRACT FOR: PARTIAL TO The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief the work covered by this application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all accounts have been paid by him for Work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received, in this current payment shown herein is now due. CONTRACTOR: PO# FINAL TO In accordance with the Contract Documents, based on site observations and the data comprising the above application, the Architects Certifies to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED. ENGINEER: in Date: Date: r+NNncauUn is maae Tor rayment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule of Values is attached. The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL) TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS CURRENT PAYMENT DUE APPROVED BY: (Title) cc: Accounting City Clerk Contractor Engineer Project File DATE: TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 Summary of Work 01025 Measurement and Payment 01026 Application for Payment 01027 Change Order Procedures 01030 Alternates 01040 Coordination 01041 Superintendent 01045 Cutting and Patching 01046 Access to Site 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01400 Quality Control 01510 Temporary Utilities 01520 Construction Equipment and Aids 01530 Barriers and Enclosures 01560 Temporary Controls 01590 Field Offices and Sheds 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Close -Out 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02070 Selective Demolition DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03510 Gyp -Crete Floor Underlayment DIVISION 4 MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 METALS NOT USED Channel 27 TV Studio TC-1 DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06250 Wood Paneling 06410 Custom Cabinetwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07130 Waterproofing 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08210 Wood Doors 08380 Sound Retardant Doors and Windows 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09110 Non -Load Bearing Metal Framing 09260 Gypsum Wallboard 09310 Ceramic Tile 09500 Acoustical Treatment 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10270 Access Flooring DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED Channel 27 TV Studio TC-2 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 15050 15250 15440 15850 15950 15990 Mechanical Special Conditions Materials and Methods Mechanical Systems Insulation Plumbing Ventilating and Air Conditioning Automatic Temperature Control Testing, Adjusting and Balancing DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 General Electrical 16100 Basic Materials and Methods Channel 27 TV Studio TC-3 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT SITE A. Location: The site is located at City Hall, 300 W. LaPorte Avenue, Fort Collins, Colorado. B. Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01046, Access to Site. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK A. General: The work consists of the interior finish of the existing structure for use as a TV Studio, complete with mechanical and electrical systems. B. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall provide, at his expense, all materials, labor, equipment, tools, transportation and utilities, including cost of connection necessary for successful completion of the project. C. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, its residents and their visitors, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of this project. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional and businesslike manner while on the site. 1 . Alcoholic beverages and smoking will not be permitted on the site, anywhere within the Owner's facilities or on the Owner's property. 2. All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms of harassment on the site. 3. Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre - Construction Conference. 4. Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the Owner's principal representative. 1.03 FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. The work of this Project shall be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following basis, unless otherwise modified in the General or Supplementary Conditions of the Contract: 1 . Lump sum basis. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Owner shall furnish and install all office partition systems and furnishings by separate contract. B. Owner shall furnish and install all telephone and data systems equipment and wiring by separate contract, except for the empty conduit runs shown on the Drawings. C. Owner shall furnish and install all computers and other movable equipment by separate contract. 0141.11 01010-1 Owner shall furnish and install all interior door and/or room signage by separate contract. END OF SECTION 01010-2 0141.11 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section covers methods of measurements and payment for items of Work covered in the Bid Form/Bid Schedule. 1. Owner will not pay for defective work and will not pay for repair or additional work required to bring the project to a point of acceptance. B. Bid Price. 1 . The Total Bid Price covers all Work required by the Contract Documents. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of Work. 2. Prices shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment and tools, performing all labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, associated General Conditions and Division 1 expenses associated with the Work, and the costs of Contractor overhead, profit and bonding applicable to the particular Bid Item. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Bid Form/Bid Schedule. 2. Section 01020, Allowances. 3. Section 01022, Unit Prices. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01025-1 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION 7/96 Section 00100 Page 8 SECTION 01026 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with the schedule established by the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and Owner - Contractor Agreement. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Owner -Contractor Agreement: a. Lump sum. b. Progress payments, retainages and final payment. C. Allowable progress payments for Contractor overhead, profit and Division I expenses. 2. Bid Form. 3. General and Supplementary Conditions: a. Retainages. b. Liquidated damages, if applicable. C. Partial release of lien affidavits. 4. Section 01370, Schedule of Values. 5. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 6. Section 01026, Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit itemized Applications typed on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, and continuation sheets G703A or standard City of Fort Collins forms, or other prior approved form. B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet. Format, schedule, line items and values shall be those of the Schedule of Values accepted by Architect. C. Applications for payment shall include only that material, labor and/or stored material in place as of the date of Application. 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application Form: 1. Form shall be completed and notarized by a Notary Public, state of Colorado. 2. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of submittal of Application. Incomplete Application forms shall be returned to the Contractor and not processed. 3. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. 4. Certification shall be executed with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm. B. Continuation Sheets: 1. Fill in total list of all schedule component items of work with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item. 0141.11 01026-1 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored, as of date of Application. 3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of Application at the end of the continuation sheets. a. List by Change Order number and description, as for an original component item of work. C. Retainage: The Owner shall withhold retainage from each progress payment, as stipulated in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Contractor shall reflect the amount retained on each Application for Payment. D. Partial Release of Liens Affidavit: Contractor shall submit a Partial Release of Liens Affidavit with each Application for Payment certifying payment to Subcontractors, material suppliers or other entities having provided labor, materials and equipment related to the Work covered by the previous Application for Payment, as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. E. Prior to acceptance of Application for Payment, Contractor shall show that project record drawings are current and up to date per Section 01720, as requested by the Architect or Owner. F. Prior to acceptance of Final Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit complete operating and maintenance manuals for review and acceptance by the Architect and Owner. Refer to paragraph 1.06 below. 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When the Owner or the Architect requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information with a cover letter identifying: 1 . Project name, Application number and date. 2. Detailed list of enclosures. 3. Stored materials may be submitted for payment, provided they are stored bn site, in the Subcontractor's insured facility, or in a bonded warehouse facility as of the date of Application. a. Submit item number and identification as shown on Application, description of specific material. b. Submit certificate of insurance indicating coverage of stored materials, if requested by the Owner. B. Submit one (1) copy of data for each copy of Application. 1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect within the time limitations and deadlines stipulated in the Agreement. B. Number: Four (4) copies of each Application, or as established at the Pre -Construction Conference. C. When Architect finds Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit Certificate for Payment to Owner within seven (7) calendar days. 01026-2 0141.11 D. Final Certificate for Payment shall be processed only after operating and maintenance manuals have been received, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01026-3 SECTION 01027 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and promptly implement Change Order procedures: 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum or extensions of the Contract Time. 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force-account basis. 3. Maintain detailed records of weather -related delays to substantiate claims for additional time. B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization who is authorized to ac- cept changes in the work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Owner -Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in the work made on a time -and -material basis. b. Contractor's claims for additional costs. C. Allowable limits for Contractor's overhead and profit. d. Established unit prices. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment. 3. Section 01046, Access to Site: Designation of Owner's Principal Representa- tive, authorized to execute change orders. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01370, Schedule of Values. 6. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Substitutions. 7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order: See General Conditions. B. Architect's Supplemental Instructions, AIA Document G710: A written order, instructions or interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Proposal Request, AIA Document G709 or standard City of Fort Collins form: A written request by the Owner or Architect describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing from the Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the Owner. D. Construction Change Authorization, AIA Document G714 or standard City of Fort Collins form: A written order to the Contractor signed by Owner and Architect which amends the Contract Documents as described and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order. 0141.11 01027-1 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to Contractor. Request will include: 1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. The projected'time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to stop work in progress. B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 4. Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate. C. Changes in the work affecting construction cost and/or contract time shall not be started without a fully executed Change Order or other written authorization from the Owner and Architect, in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. In lieu of a Proposal Request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. C. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. D. Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and Owner to evaluate the quotation. 1. Labor and equipment required. 2. Materials required: — a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 3. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 4. Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented. 5. Overhead and profit. Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for established limits, if applicable. 6. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 0141.11 01027-2 B. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time-and-material/force- account basis, with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information: 1 . Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order. 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing quantities. C. Subcontracts. C. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600. D. Support each claim for additional time due to weather -related delays with the following daily information: 1. Statement of the reason for requesting an extension to the Contract Time due to the weather, including the materials or trades affected and the adverse effects of the weather upon these items. 2. Weather conditions at the site of the project for each day requested. 3. Temperature in Fahrenheit at the site for each day requested. 4. Any additional information requested by the Owner. 1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Contractor shall prepare each Change Order, unless Owner or Architect is authorized to prepare Change Orders at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Form: Change Order, AIA Document G701 or Owner provided form. C. Change Order will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 1.07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's response as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor; or 2. Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect. B. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.08 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect and Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the changes. B. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in paragraph 1.05, Documentation of Proposals and Claims. C. Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. 0141.11 01027-3 D. Architect and Owner will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. E. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein. F. Owner must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change Orders. 1.09 CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. General: Allowable limits to the Contractor's and Subcontractors' mark-ups on Change Orders shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. 1. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01027-4 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the work only when that Alternate is made a part of the work by specific provisions in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the work under each Alternate for the complete construction required by the Contract Documents. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1 . Bidding Documents: Method of quotation of the cost of each Alternate and the basis of the Owner's acceptance of Alternate. 2. Owner -Contractor Agreement: Incorporation of Alternates into the work. 3. Bid Form and Bid Schedule. 4. Sections of the Specifications as listed under the respective Alternates. Referenced Sections of Specifications stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate. D. Alternates will be accepted as follows, unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract. 1. Alternates will be accepted in any order. E. The Owner will consider the price quotation for each Alternate, in addition to the Base Bid, in determining the apparent Low Bidder, unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract. Refer to Information for Bidders. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 (Add): Prepare and install new sealant and waterproofing at existing plaza. END OF SECTION 01030-1 0141.11 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all architectural, mechanical and electrical components and systems that are a part of this project. 1. Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating. 2. Coordinate materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by various trades for compatibility with the final installation. B. Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the following construction trades: 1. Demolition. 2. On -site utilities, including utilities designed by other jurisdictions. 3. Carpentry and cabinetwork. 4. Doors, windows and glazing systems. 5. Painting and finishing. 6. Flooring and hard surfaces. 7. Specialties. 8. Mechanical and plumbing systems. 9. Electrical systems. C. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. D. Coordinate and verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with the building utilities. Interruption of utility services shall be scheduled with and subject to the approval of the Owner seven (7) business days prior to the interruption. E. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions: Contractor's Responsibilities. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 3. Section 01050, Field Engineering. 4. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 5. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions. 6. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: General project coordination. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. Coordinate as required with the Owner for related work, as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, to be performed by the Owner's own forces or by separate contract from this project. Refer to Section 0 10 10. 1.03 COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES A. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner's continued use of the facility and site. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site. 0141.11 01040-1 B. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner and other Contractors as - necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above. 1.04 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold coordination meetings and pre -installation conferences with personnel and Subcontrac- tors to assure coordination of work. 1.05 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections. B. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to and placing in service such equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, operating elements and the effect on work of other Sections. 1.06 COORDINATION OF SPACE A. Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs. B. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. 1.07 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. B. Assemble and coordinate close-out submittals specified in Section 01700. C. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize the disruption of Owner's activities. END OF SECTION 01040-2 0141.11 SECTION 00300 BID FORM SECTION 01041 SUPERINTENDENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, who shall be in attendance at the project site during performance of the work. B. Superintendent shall be on the jobsite to the minimum level specified herein, but in all cases whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01046, Access to Site. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent to supervise and coordinate all construction and jobsite administration tasks for the duration of the project. 1. Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractor's firm, unless the use of a contract employee is approved and authorized by the Owner in writing. 2. Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of construction proposed for this project, and shall have successfully completed at least two (2) projects of similar size and complexity in the past three (3) years, serving in a similar capacity. 3. Contractor shall submit a written resume, references for similar completed projects and other supporting documents to verify the qualifications of the person(s) to be employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the Owner. 1.03 REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION A. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite until Substantial Completion on a full-time basis. 1. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. 2. Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection. 3. Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or Owner- or Architect - requested meeting. B. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through project close-out as follows: 1. Superintendent need not be on -site full time during this period, except as noted below. 2. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite when punchlist work is being completed. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01041-1 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of the work. Cutting and patching shall be as required to provide a complete and finished project. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions. 2. Section 02070, Selective Demolition. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of the project. 2. Building, fire, life safety or handicapped accessibility compliance of the project. 3. Integrity of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements. 4. Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operational element. 5. Visual or aesthetic qualities of sight -exposed elements. B. Include in request: 1 . Location and description of affected work. 2. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 3. Description of proposed work and products to be used. 4. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 5. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor, if any. 6. Written permission of affected separate Contractor, if any. 7. Date and time work will be executed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials used in cutting and patching shall be those required for, or to match, original construction. B. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution in accordance with Section 01600. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting, fitting and patching as required for a complete and finished project. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching as required for the completion of the work. No cutting shall be done without approval of the Architect or Owner as to location, method and extent of cutting. 0141.11 01045-1 2. Fit work tight to adjacent elements. Maintain integrity of wall, roof, ceiling or floor constructions and finishes. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 3. Minimize extent of necessary cutting and patching. Thoroughly explore alternatives to cutting and patching. 4. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming work. 5. Provide openings in elements of the work for mechanical and electrical penetrations, work of other trades or Subcontractors. A. Cutting, patching and fitting shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in the particular trades or Sections of the work involved. B. Perform cutting by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. C. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. -- END OF SECTION 01045-2 0141.11 SECTION 01046 ACCESS TO SITE PART GENERAL 1.01 OWNER'S USE OF PREMISES A. City of Fort Collins shall fully occupy the existing facility, parking areas and grounds during construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor as specified in paragraph 1.02. B. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of this project. C. The Owner's principal representative on this project shall be Steve Seefeld, and shall have duties as described in General and Supplemental Conditions. D. Related conditions specified elsewhere: 1. Section 0 10 10, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall have access to the site of new construction as required for the successful completion of the project, as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and material storage areas is to be minimized. 1 . Final limits shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 2. Owner's access to non -effected areas of the site shall be maintained at all times. Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the project, as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 3. Contractor's employees and subcontractors shall not park on the public streets adjacent to the site. C. Access to areas of the existing facility affected by construction activities of the project is to be minimized. 1. Schedules for construction activities within the existing facility shall be submitted to the Owner for approval a minimum of seven (7) days prior to beginning work. 2. Contractor shall protect all existing exterior and interior materials and finishes as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner, including damage to adjacent properties. 3. Contractor shall provide daily cleaning of affected areas of the existing facility during the period of construction activity. D. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on the site and for completed work. E. Noise Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. F. Dust and Erosion Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. G. Construction Hours: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. H. Toilet Facilities: Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 0141.11 01046-1 1.03 CONSTRUCTION STAGING A. Contractor shall provide a staging and phasing plan for the Owner's review and approval at the Pre -Construction Conference, including: 1. Major materials to be stored on the site. 2. Major equipment to be used in the work, with the proposed placement of this equipment during different phases of construction. 3. Field offices, trailers and storage sheds, including those proposed by major Subcontractors. 4. Limits of temporary site fencing, including access points. 5. Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking. 6. Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01046-2 SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART GENERAL 1.01 APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES A. The City of Fort Collins has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project, including but not limited to, the following departments: 1. Building Inspection. 2. Fire Prevention. 3. Water/Wastewater Utility. 4. Electric Utility. B. Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to: 1. Poudre Fire Authority. C. Codes which have been adopted by City of Fort Collins applicable to the project include, but may not be limited to: 1. Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition. 2. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition. 3. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition. 4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, Current Edition. 5. National Electrical Code, Current Edition. 6. ANSI Al 17.1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, Current Edition. 7. Americans with Disabilities Act, provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped people, 1990. 8. Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 9. Any other local, state or federal codes which are applicable. 10. In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes, the one having the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1.02 SERVICES AND UTILITIES A. Utility services are provided to the area of the project by the following jurisdictions: 1. Water: City of Fort Collins. 2. Sanitary Sewer: City of Fort Collins. 3. Stormwater Drainage: Not Applicable. 4. Natural Gas: Xcel Energy. 5. Telephone: Qwest. 6. Cable Television: AT&T Broadband. 7. Electric: City of Fort Collins. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work with these outside utility providers. 0141.11 01060-1 1 .03 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY A. Construction shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, ANSI Al 17.1, Current Edition, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. accessible and B. Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, for extent of handicapped handicapped adaptable construction. C. Refer to specific Sections of the Specifications for specific requirements relating to each section. 1.04 SAFETY OF LIFE, HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE A. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable portions of the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance with the Equal Employment Opportunity Act (EEO). 1. Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on the site. B. Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner will not provide observation, inspection, supervision or any comment on plans, procedures or actions employed at the project as they relate to safety of life, health or public welfare. If conditions are imposed by the Owner which interfere with or imply actions detrimental to safety, written notice shall be returned to the Contractor for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions. C. The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for, or procedures for safety construction means, methods, techniques, sequences precautions and programs in connection with the work, for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors or any other persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. -- 1. The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, lead -based paint, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances. Refer also to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal. 1.05 PERMITS AND FEES A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. Building permit fees. 2. City use tax. 3. Subcontractor fees. 4. Any other local or state permits or fees. permits, fees and inspections required by C. Owner shall be responsible for the following the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. Plan review fees. 2. Capital expansion and other development fees. 01060-2 0141.1 1 D. The Contractor shall be responsible for applying for and acquiring all building permits, inspections and any other permits required for the construction of this project. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01060-3 No Text SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre -Bid and Pre -Construction Conferences. B. Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic progress meetings and specially called meetings throughout progress of the work. 1 . Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings. 2. Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions. 3. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. 4. Prepare and regularly update an "open items list" to document and track required decisions and pending changes. C. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized 'to act on behalf of the entity each represents. D. Architect and Owner's representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1.02 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre -Construction Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by the Owner. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's principal representative. 2. Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary. 3. Contractor's project manager and superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors. D. Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors. b. Project construction schedules. C. Schedule of Values. d. Contractor's staging plan. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals, shop drawings and samples. d. Change Orders. 01200-1 0141.11 10/21/2002 09:56 9702216534 FACILITIES PAGE 06 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II: BID #5735; ADDENDUM II Place 215 North Mason Street Date October 23, 2002 @ 3:00 P.M. 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated, and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a **(Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)" authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be - done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of 5% of Total Bid ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead., whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through 1 and 2 7/96 Section 00300 Page 1 e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises: a. Field office, work and storage areas. b. Owner's use of site and grounds. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first -aid procedures. 12. Security procedures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order. 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall schedule and administer regular weekly meetings as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work. B. Location of the Meetings: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the Owner's principal representative, normally the Contractor's jobsite trailer. C. Attendance: 1. Contractor's project manager and on -site superintendent. 2. Owner's principal representative. 3. Architect and his professional consultants, as needed. 4. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda. 5. Others as appropriate. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 2. Field observations, problems and conflicts. 3. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 4. Revisions to the construction schedule. 5. Progress and schedule during succeeding work period. 6. Review submittal schedules and expedite as required. 7. Maintenance of quality standards. 8. Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for: a. Effect on construction schedule and completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the project. 9. Review of Contractor's application for progress/final payment. 10. Walk-through inspection of the work in progress by the Owner's representative, Architect and his consultants, as necessary, and General Contractor. Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk-throughs as requested by the Owner or Architect. END OF SECTION 01200-2 0141.11 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect estimated construction progress schedules for the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules periodically. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions, and Conditions of the Contract: Liquidated Damages. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 5. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Type: Schedules will be computer generated, using software specifically designed for this intent, and shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries. B. Prepare schedules in a continuous flow, both daily and weekly formats. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade, supplier or subcontractor. 2. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify the first workday of each week. 3. Scale and Spacing: As required to allow space for notations and future revisions. 4. Minimum Size: 8-1/2" x 11 ". C. Format of Listing: Table of Contents of this project manual. D. Format of Scheduling: Chronological order of the start of each item of work. E. Identification of Listings: By major specification section numbers as a minimum. 1. Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough to affect either the start of, or completion of, other areas of the work. 1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction, based upon the Schedule of Values. 3. Substantial completion, punch list completion, final completion and contract close-out shall be included. B. Final Completion Schedule: Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through contract close-out. C. Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractor's authority and responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of the Contract Documents. 0141.11 01310-1 1.04 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract. 1. Architect/Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt, if modifications are required. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work progress in comparison to scheduled progress. Schedules will be reviewed at normally scheduled meetings, as set forth in Section 01200. C. Submit final schedule with contract close-out documentation. 1.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Owner's representative. 3. Architect. 4. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01310-2 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordinate and submit shop drawings, product data and samples required by the Contract Documents. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 6. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner, with sufficient detail and completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation. 1. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Shop drawings shall be returned unreviewed if, in the opinion of the Architect or consultants, the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review. B. Sheet size for all shop drawings shall be 8-1 /2"x1 1 ", 11 "x17" or 24"x36". C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the following: 1. Shop Drawings: One (1) reproducible and four (4) prints or copies. D. Cover Sheet: Each copy shall contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form, located at the end of this Section. 1.03 PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. B. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the following: 1. Product Data: Minimum five (5) complete sets. 0141.11 01340-1 1.04 SAMPLES A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, textures and pattern. B. Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish, texture or color selection by the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete package. The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such samples have been submitted. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing, product data and sample submittals, indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or equipment. B. Contractor shall coordinate and make submittals promptly, in accordance with the approved submittal schedule. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall be responsible for delays in the work caused by the Contractor's failure to make submittals in a timely manner, the completeness and/or accuracy of such submittals, or failure to allow adequate time for review of submittals by the Architect or his professional consultants. C. Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission to Architect. Contractor shall determine and verify: 1. Quantities. 2. Field measurements. 3. Field construction criteria. 4. Catalog numbers and similar data. 5. Conformance with Specifications. 6. Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section. D. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or fabricating. E. Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general conformance with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all requirements of the Drawings and/or Specifications, whether noted in the Architect/Engineer review or not. F. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit in writing any requests for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings submitted to the Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute "in writing" unless it is noted that specific changes are being requested. Changes by means of shop drawings become the sole responsibility of the Contractor. G. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/Engineer approval. 1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly, in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor. 01340-2 0141.11 B. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings: As specified in paragraph 1.02.C. 2. Product Data: As specified in paragraph 1.03.C. 3. Samples: Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested. 4. The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until all required copies have been furnished. C. Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop Drawing Identification Form: 1. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. Names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. C. Manufacturer. 5. Field dimensions clearly identified as such. 6. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 7. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 8. Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents. 9. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of Contract Documents. 1.07 ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES A. Upon receipt, Architect shall distribute submittals to his professional consultants as applicable. B. Architect and consultants shall review submittals in a timely manner, in accordance with the requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. C. Architect shall return submittals to the Contractor, with stamp indicating approval, rejection, required revisions, or description of requirements for resubmittal, if applicable. D. Architect shall retain copy or copies of submittals for the Owner. 1.08 REQUIRED SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS A. Provide complete information for products specified in but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 4. Section 06250, Wood Paneling. 5. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 6. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 7. Section 07900, Sealants & Joint Fillers. 8. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 9. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 10. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 11. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 12. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 13. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Framing. 14. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 0141.11 01340-3 15. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 16. Section 09330, Quarry Tile. 17. Section 09510, Acoustical Ceilings. 18. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring. 19. Section 09651, Synthetic Rubber Flooring. 20. Section 09680, Carpeting. 21. Section 09690, Modular Carpet Tile. 22. Section 09900, Painting. 23. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 24. Section 10100, Chalkboards and Tackboards. 25. Section 10440, Interior Signage. 26. Section 10520, Fire Protection Specialties. 1.09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved. Resubmittals may be required for the following reasons: 1. Incomplete or unclear submittals, or submittals which have not first been reviewed and approved by the Contractor. 2. Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings. 3. Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be properly reviewed. 4. Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical requirements of the specifications. 5. All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package. B. Shop Drawing and Product Data: Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as speci- fied for the initial submittal. Identify any revisions made. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.10 DISTRIBUTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to: 1. Job site file. 2. Record Documents file. 3. Subcontractors. 4. Supplier or fabricator. B. Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to: 1. Owner's representative. 2. Consultants, as applicable. 01340-4 0141.11 SHOP DRAWING IDENTIFICATION FORM DATE: PROJECT: ARCHITECT: ALLER•LINGLE ARCHITECTS, P.C. 712 WHALERS WAY, SUITE B-100 FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 (970) 223-1820 CONTRACTOR: NAME: ADDRESS: PHONE: SUBCONTRACTOR: NAME: CONTACT PERSON: ADDRESS: PHONE: PRODUCT(S): SPEC. SECTION(S): *STAMP* END OF SECTION 0141.11 01340-5 No Text SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Owner and Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work. Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. B. Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01026, Application for Payment. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of Award of Contract. B. Format: Contractor's standard forms or computer printouts. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of project and location. 2. Architect and project number. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. C. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. 1. List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each component part of the work. D. Basis: At a minimum, the Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format for listing component items. Contractor may include additional listings at their option. 1 . Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: Provide separate line items for rough -in and finish work for a plumbing, mechanical and electrical work. E. For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. F. Contractor's overhead and profit shall be listed as a separate line item. G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. END OF SECTION 01370-1 0141.11 09:56 9702216534 ADDRESS: FACILITIES Sinnett Builders, Inc. CONTRA,,;,O'//A BY: 4 Ted Beers, Secretary 2926 E. Mulberry Street Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 PAGE 07 8. BID SCHEDULE (Blase Bid) } j� LUMP SUM Om e �1 V nl (JAL Q �lD2�iJDOLI.ARS ($ 10� p add; ADD ALTERNATE #1 ($ Co. (o00 ) See Drawing -Sheet A3.1; Building Section 1. Roofing —waterproofing membrane 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RES CT�FUI�L SUBMITTED: ,� 1 October 23, 2002 Signature Date Ted Beers, Secretary Title City of Fort Collins Unlimited Ccuttxactor A-10 License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by co poration) Attest: Address 2926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins Colorado 80524 Telephone 970-493-1770 7/96 Section 00300 Page 2 No Text SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General quality control of the materials, equipment and labor for the project. B. Manufacturer's field services, support, and testing requirements. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work. 2. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these shall be the products of a single manufacturer. However, the component parts of the system need not be the products of the same manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. B. Design Criteria: 1. Design equipment for operations at an elevation of 4,900 feet above mean sea level, unless otherwise indicated in Division 15 and/or 16. 2. Coordinate details of the equipment with other related parts of the work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring and equipment components are compatible. 3. Design equipment to operate under all conditions of load without objectionable sound or vibration. Sounds or vibrations noticeable outside of room in which equipment is installed, or annoying sounds or vibrations noticeable inside room, will be considered objectionable. Correct conditions considered objectionable to Architect/Engineer by means of approved vibration eliminators or by replacing equipment at Owner's option. 4. Nameplates: Provide a permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power -operated equipment indicating the manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, speed, capacity, power characteristics, labels of tested compliances and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates in easily read locations. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. C. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking. 0141.11 01400-1 1.04 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions in the quantity specified for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start- up, adjusting and finishing. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail. Include each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. C. When required by individual Specification section, submit manufacturer's written maintenance instructions for the Owner's use after occupancy. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specifications section, require supplier and manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, installation and workmanship, start-up, testing and balancing of equipment as applicable and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. END OF SECTION 01400-2 0141.11 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utility services required for construction. Remove upon completion of work. B. Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel. Remove upon completion of work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 3. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 4. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 5. Section 01710, Cleaning: Trash removal during construction. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes. Refer to Section 01060. B. Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations. C. Comply with applicable utility company requirements. 1.03 UTILITY FEES A. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Owner, unless indicated otherwise: 1 . Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary construction water. B. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise: 1 . Temporary sanitary facilities. 2. Temporary local and long-distance telephone, including cellular. 3. Temporary heat and ventilation until start-up or use of the building's permanent mechanical systems, including the cost of fuel used during construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 0141.11 01510-1 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Contractor may utilize existing 120/240V power service in the existing facility. B. Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area by the use of construction -type power cords. C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work and for areas accessible to the public. 2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary heating, including all fuel and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather. B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. 1. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. Do not store materials near sources of intense heat or open flame. C. Permanent building heating system may be used upon installation, testing and acceptance by the jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work, as allowed in Division 15, Mechanical. 1. The project shall be substantially enclosed and secured with the building's permanent glazing systems and either construction or permanent hardware. 2.04 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone. Contractor shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. B. Telephones within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period. 2.05 TEMPORARY WATER A. Contractor may utilize existing water service in the existing facility. 2.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance with current laws and regulations. 1. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local governing health agencies. B. Toilet facilities within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period. 0141.11 01510-2 -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. General: Install and maintain temporary utility services in accordance with requirements of applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations, and applicable utility company requirements. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. C. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. D. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition. 1 . Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps in all lighting fixtures used during the construction period. 2. Prior to final inspection, clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters in all mechanical equipment used during the construction period. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated during the construction period without filters. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01510-3 No Text SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish and maintain required construction equipment. B. Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 4. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new, used or rental equipment, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A. Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as necessary to facilitate execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Miscellaneous hand tools. 2. Miscellaneous power tools. 3. Goggles, masks, hardhats and other personal safety equipment. 4. Cranes, forklifts and other material handling equipment. 5. Rolling or vibrating plate compactors. 6. Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment. 7. Air compressors. 8. Portable electrical generators. 9. Drywall texturing equipment. 10. Paint spraying equipment. 11. Other equipment as required. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate execution of the work. Refer to respective Sections of the Specifications for the particular requirements of each trade, including but not limited to: 1. Scaffolding, staging, ladders and platforms. 2. Stairs, ramps, runways and guardrails. 0141.11 01520-1 3. Warning signs and traffic barricades. 4. Drop clothes and other protective materials. 5. Other facilities as required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Consult with Architect, review site conditions and other factors which affect construction procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 2 through 16. C. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed at the site. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services: 1 . When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction; or 2. At completion of the project. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. END OF SECTION 01520-2 0141.11 SECTION 01530 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary construction barriers and enclosures. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 3. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 4. Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids. 5. Section 01560, Temporary Controls: Dust partitions. 6. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 7. Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Ground Covers: Pruning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Prior to commencing site work, erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation to remain as identified on the Drawings or as indicated by the Architect. 1 . Approved Materials: Expanded plastic fencing. B. Individual trees shall have protective fencing erected beyond drip line to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. C. Groups of trees and other vegetation shall have protective fencing erected around the entire group to the satisfaction of the Architect. D. Areas within protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for any purpose. E. Any trees damaged or scarred during construction shall be repaired immediately by an approved tree surgeon. Where separations expose or damage the root system of trees designated to remain, remedial measures shall be taken immediately at the direction of the Owner to ensure the health of the trees. Trees designated to remain but damaged beyond repair or which subsequently die shall be replaced with a similar size and species chosen by the Owner at the sole expense of the Contractor. F. Refer to Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Ground Covers, for pruning of existing trees. 2.02 TEMPORARY SITE FENCING A. Prior to commencing work, Contractor shall, at his option, erect and maintain construction fencing to enclose an area for ground level construction activity, storage and waste removal, as approved by the Owner. 1. Fencing Materials: Panelized, chain -link fencing with crossed X-type post supports, minimum 6'-0" high. 0141.11 01530-1 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned Sinnett Builderasq Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in tho oum of of total bid Cur Lhe payment of Which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of thin obligation a,�j 5uc:l, that whereas the Yrincipai has submitted to the C tXOf Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Cwn:sLtuuLiQn Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins project, 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BiD #5735. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the fpxru of CuiiLrdut attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said CQnLLatuL, and for payment of ail, persons performing labor. or furnishing materials in connectior, therewith, and shall in all other reopects parfo11a l.Lt-- Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, :iL }kitty expressly understood ano agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed L1,c Nel,al amuunt of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value Lduuived, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of t11G Litue wi Lhin which the OWNER may accept Such Bid, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colo;.4du anal be accepted by the OWNIK. 1 .4 1 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 B. Provide vehicular and pedestrian access gates, with locks, as appropriate for construction access. 1. Furnish Owner's principal representative and the Architect with keys to the lock of the primary access gate. C. Do not attach temporary fencing to any existing permanent construction, including buildings, trees, retaining walls, walks or pavements. D. Promptly remove temporary fencing materials upon completion of sitework, rough grading and asphalt paving and restore area to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or equipment damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner. 1. Fencing shall remain in place until building is secured. 2. Fencing shall be removed prior to finish grading, installation of underground sprinkler system and landscaping. _. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01530-2 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities required for dust, erosion and pollution control. B. Implement and maintain temporary controls required for noise and construction work hours limitations. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 0 10 10, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01046, Access to Site. 4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Materials for temporary controls may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 DUST CONTROL A. Furnish and maintain such facilities or procedures as may be necessary to prevent air- borne dust generated by the construction activities of this project from affecting either the Owner's use of this site or neighboring properties. Implementation of such require- ments will be at the sole discretion of the Owner or the City of Fort Collins. B. Furnish materials, erect and maintain temporary dust partitions to seal portions of the building and equipment to remain in use during the construction period from affected areas of the project. 1. Partition Sheeting: Translucent or clear polyethylene sheets, 6-mil thickness minimum. C. Partitions shall be attached to the existing building so as not to damage or mar materials or finishes. D. Promptly remove temporary partitions upon completion of the work and restore materials and finishes to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner. 2.03 EROSION CONTROL A. Furnish and maintain such facilities as might be necessary to prevent erosion damage to the Owner's property or to adjacent properties. 1. Comply with any restrictions placed upon the approval of this project by the City of Fort Collins. 0141.11 01560-1 2. Refer to Section 01010 for other special site restrictions. 2.04 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent spilling or littering of water - polluting substances. Do not allow any foreign materials to be dumped into any portion of the sewer or storm drainage collection system or into any water runoff collection basin. The Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to remedy any such pollution as deemed appropriate by governing agencies with such jurisdiction. B. No burning of debris or any other air -polluting methods or equipment will be allowed. All motorized equipment shall be adjusted to minimize exhaust pollution. C. Contractor shall prevent fumes from roofing materials and equipment from being drawn into the existing facility's air intake system. Equipment shutdowns shall be scheduled as specified in Section 01040. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Construction Work Hours: Construction activity will be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday during the construction period, except as limited in paragraphs 3.01.13. and 3.02. Sunday or holiday construction will not be allowed. B. Specific activities that may limit the Contractor's working hours, if applicable, shall be determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. These include, but may not be limited to: 1. City Council meeting(s) in Council chambers. 3.02 NOISE CONTROL A. Construction activities that generate noise in excess of 85 db shall be limited to hours as established at the Pre -Construction Conference. 1. Prohibited after 5:00 p.m. every weekday. 2. Prohibited on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. END OF SECTION 01560-2 0141.11 SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS ART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage facilities. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. Existing Facilities: A portion of the existing facility may be used as a temporary field office, if approved by the Owner. 2.02 STORAGE SHEDS A. Contractor shall provide and maintain secured, weathertight storage sheds or enclosures for tools, materials and equipment requiring such conditions, with adequate heat and ventilation. Provide space for organized storage, and access and artificial lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the Owner's representative. 2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Temporary Site Fencing: Refer to Section 01530. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01590-1 No Text SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Material and equipment incorporated into the work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be interchangeable. C. Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to, unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. B. Provide specified maintenance materials, equipment and tools to the Owner at the completion of the project. C. Provide equipment or systems start-up, commissioning and operational testing, as specified in individual Sections. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of the Work. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 5. Section 01400, Quality Control. 6. Section 01710, Cleaning. 7. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 8. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect. 1. Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 0141.11 01600-1 B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions,. consult with Architect for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment are in compliance with approved submittals, required quantities have been provided and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Preparation for Shipment: 1. Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling. 2. Provide skids, boxes, crates or other effective shipping devices to protect equipment against damage from rough handling, moisture, dust, excessive heat or cold. 3. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage. 4. Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items. 5. Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings. Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces. Tag or mark the package or bundle. 6. Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment. 7. Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or handling without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it properly. 8. Protect electrical equipment, controls and insulation from moisture or water damage. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. C. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids. Prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store wood and wood products above the ground on blocking or skids, and cover to protect from weather exposure. 01600-2 0141.11 D. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioration. E. Protection after Installation: 1. Protect materials, fixtures and equipment with original protective wrappings until substantial completion of the project, as specified in individual Sections, to include but not be limited to: a. Factory -finished wood doors. b. Custom cabinetry and casework. C. Carpeting. d. Finish hardware items. 2. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: 1. Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing Subcontractor. B. Contractor's Options: 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not specifically named. When the phrase "equal approved prior to bidding" is used, consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening. 4. Naming approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting all specification requirements. 5. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option. For purposes of this project, these include, but may not be limited to: a. Finish hardware specified in Section 08700. 6. Manufacturer's material or equipment listed in Schedules, Specifications or on the Drawings are types to be provided for establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If other acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construction required by their use shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Substitutions: 1 . For the period up to ten (10) working days before the Bid Date, Architect will consider written requests from Contractors for substitution of products. 2. Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. C. Effect on the construction schedule. 0141.11 01600-3 d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. e. Any required license fees or royalties. f. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. 3. Architect and Owner's representative shall judge the acceptability of the proposed substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing by addenda, provided the request for substitution has been made in accordance with the requirements listed above. Requests made after this timeline will not be responded to by addenda; any use of these products will be at the sole risk of the Contractor. 4. Requests for substitutions received later than the deadline stipulated above will not be considered. D. Contractor's Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. E. Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay in fabrication or delivery. F. Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish to the Owner at the completion of the work all maintenance materials, equipment and tools specified in respective Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to: 1. Ceramic tile specified in Section 09310. 2. Porcelain tile specified in Section 09320. 3. Brick Paver Tile specified in Section 09340. 4. Acoustical ceilings specified in Section 09510. 5. Resilient flooring specified in Section 09650. 6. Carpeting specified in Section 09680. 7. Modular carpet tile specified in Section 09690. 8. Paints and stains specified in Sections 09900 and 09930. B. Materials specified for the Owner's maintenance stock shall not be used by the Contractor for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of -- construction or to remedy any defect in workmanship caused by the Contractor's own forces or his subcontractors. Maintenance materials may be used, with the written permission of the Owner, to replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural causes. C. Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished and turned over to the Owner's representative or delivered to the location on the site directed by the Owner. 01600-4 0141.11 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions. B. All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new, unless otherwise permitted. C. Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and permit field installation of repair parts. Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable. 2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Workmanship and Materials: Design, fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with the best engineering and shop practice. B. Lubrication: 1. Include lubrication systems which do not waste lubricants, require attention during start-up or shutdown or more frequently than weekly during normal operation. 2. Furnish sufficient lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer to fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during start-up, testing and operation prior to the Owner's acceptance of the equipment. C. Drive Units: Refer to Division 15, Mechanical, and/or Division 16, Electrical. D. Anchor Bolts: 1. Furnish with each piece of equipment required to be anchored. 2. Minimum Diameter: 3/4", or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Minimum Length: Provide for required embedment in structural concrete and extend through concrete base, 1-1/2" of grout, baseplate and nuts. Concrete base will be 4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Include two (2) nuts with each bolt. 5. Deliver anchor bolts with templates or setting drawings in time for installation when structural concrete is placed. E. Equipment Bases: 1. Include a cast iron or welded baseplate with each pump, compressor and similar equipment installed on concrete base, if applicable. 2. Design to support both the driven unit and its drive assembly on a single baseplate. 3. Support all equipment to be set on floor with 4" minimum concrete base. 4. Include grout holes and provisions for anchor bolts. 5. Include raised lip all around and a threaded drain connection with baseplates for pumps. F. Special Tools and Accessories: 1. Furnish all special tools, instruments and accessories required for proper mainte- nance. 2. Furnish such special devices as are required for proper lifting and handling. G. Shop Painting: Refer to Section 09900, Painting. 1. Protect iron and steel surfaces with paint or other protective coating applied in the shop. 0141.11 01600-5 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYS) -IN -FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY Y COMPAN, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Connie K Boston, Donald B. Martin, Chris S. Richmond, Darlene Krings, William C. Bender, Kelly T. Urwiller, Russell J. Michels, Linda M. Nikolaeff, Debra S. Morris, Mary M. Powell, of Greeley, Colorado, their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, anv Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, anv Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when a signedeVic or conditional any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the nany Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate r Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's 'seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powercertified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with r spectstoeany bond an orundertaking to which it is attached. 2. Use coating good for anticipated useful life of equipment on surfaces inaccessi- ble after assembly. 3. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, clean and filled to obtain uniform base for paint. 4. Apply one (1) or more shop coats of a primer capable of protecting surfaces to receive finish paint coats after installation. 5. Apply finish coats in the shop with a high-grade oil -resistant enamel on electric motors, speed reducers, starters and other self-contained or enclosed components. 6. Do not paint machined, polished or non-ferrous surfaces. Coat such surfaces with rust -preventive compound, Houghton Rust Veto 334, Rust-Oleum R-9 or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment with or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. B. Arrange work to facilitate maintenance, repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work. C. Locate operating and control equipment, dampers, valves, traps, clean -outs, motors, controllers, switchgears, drain points, maintenance items and devices for easy access. Install access panels where units are concealed by finished and similar work. D. Provide required clearances in front of, and around, equipment as necessary for access and ventilation. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. 3.02 PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION A. Before starting up each system: 1 . Check each piece of equipment for proper drive rotation, belt tension and any other condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel. 2. Clean, blow-out or flush lubricating oil, water systems and other pipelines. 3. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Test lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance. 5. Perform final alignment checks under observation of the Owner's principal representative and, where required, manufacturer's field representative. 6. Demonstrate that no abnormal stresses are transmitted to equipment from piping, ducts or other attachments. 7. Check anchor bolt tensions, grout and shims. Use calibrated torque wrenches for tightening anchor bolts. Do not overstress bolts. B. Place equipment into successful operation in accordance with the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instruction of the manufacturer's field representative, including required adjustment, tests and operation checks. - 01600-6 0141.11 3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Tests may be required, whether or not specifically called for, to determine if equipment will perform as specified or guaranteed. Final acceptance of equipment, or Substantial Completion of that part of the work, is contingent upon acceptable test results. B. Do not conduct tests on equipment for which manufacturer's field service is specified, unless manufacturer's field representative is present and declares the equipment ready for test. C. Conduct tests as set forth in the Specifications, unless another manner of testing is approved. D. Equipment or systems that fail to satisfy the performance requirements shall be modified or replaced at Architect/Engineer's option. If modifications are allowed, make modifications necessary to produce an installation which will satisfy the performance requirements. Retest after modifications or equipment replacement is complete. Modifications, additional equipment, retesting and structural, piping or electrical modifications necessary to accommodate modified equipment or replacement equipment shall be made at no additional cost. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01600-7 No Text SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment: Requirements for final payment. 3. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 4. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 5. Section 01710, Cleaning. 6. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 7. _ Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 8. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. 9. Respective Sections of Specifications: Testing requirements and closeout submittals required of specific trades or subcontractors. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Definition of Substantial Completion: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. B. When Contractor considers that the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the Architect: 1. Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. 2. "Punch list" of items to be completed or corrected, as determined by the Contractor prior to inspection by the Architect and/or Owner. 3. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy, or other evidence of acceptance by the building official or other authority with jurisdiction over the project. C. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. D. Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefor. 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. E. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form G704 or other Owner -provided form, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by the Architect. 2. Submit the Certificate to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. 0141.11 01700-1 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed, and that the work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Corrective or incomplete work has been completed from "punch lists" provided at Substantial Completion. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection. 6. Final Certificate of Occupancy has been issued. B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. D. When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to prepare and deliver closeout submittals. E. Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of either Substantial or Final Completion made by the Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Architect and/or Engineer for such additional services by change order to the A/E Agreement. 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the Contractor. 1.04 SYSTEMS TESTING A. Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or as required by individual Sections, prior to Final Inspection. Testing of systems or equipment shall include but not be limited to: 1. Systems as specified in Division 15, Mechanical, or Division 16, Electrical, or Section 01600, Material and Equipment. T- 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection, including plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler systems. B. Final Completion Schedule: Refer to Section 01310. C. Project Record Documents: Refer to Section 01720. D. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Refer to Section 01730. E. Warranties and Bonds: Refer to Section 01740. F. Keys and Keying Schedule: Refer to Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 0141.11 01700-2 G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: General and Supplementary Conditions. H. Maintenance Materials: Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been furnished and stored as directed by the Owner. I. Test Results: Written approval from the testing agency for systems or equipment requiring final testing, as specified above. J. Surveying Certificate: Certification of accuracy of building layout, grading and drainage or ATLA survey, as referenced in Section 01050. K. Certifications: Written certifications of material or equipment compliance, as required by various Sections of the Specifications. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum, including accepted Bid Alternates. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances. C. Unit prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Penalties and bonuses. f. Deductions for liquidated damages. g. Deductions for reinspection payments. h. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due, including retainage. B. Contractor will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01026, Applications for Payment. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01700-3 No Text SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Execute cleaning during progress of the work and at completion of the work. B. Furnish, maintain and service trash removal dumpsters and/or roll -offs. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Respective Sections of Specifications: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and anti -pollution laws. B. Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a legal dump site or landfill. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for all dump fees and expenses associated with hauling materials to the landfill. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufac- turer. 2.02 WASTE REMOVAL CONTAINERS A. Furnish and maintain trash and waste removal dumpsters and/or roll -off dumpsters for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish, in quantities sufficient for the Work. 1. Dumpsters shall be provided with tightly fitted covers to prevent debris from being blown out. 2. Roll -offs shall not be required to be covered, but shall be serviced frequently enough to prevent debris from accumulating and being blown out. B. Location of roll -offs and trash dumpsters shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. 0141.11 01710-1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. B. Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris. C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal dump sites or landfills away from the site. 3.02 CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as - needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or freshly finished surfaces. C. Temporarily seal window and door openings prior to the start of finish painting to prevent windblown dust and other particulates from impairing wet or freshly finished surfaces. 3.03 CLEANING PRIOR TO CARPETING A. Scrape all concrete floor slabs and wood floor substructures to remove accumulations of drywall compounds and other foreign material. B. Broom clean prior to installation of carpeting and/or pad. 3.04 FINAL CLEANING A. Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work. B. In general, the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease, mastic and adhesives, dust and dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Interior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Wash and polish glass, glazing and mirrors. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear - shine. 2. Dry vacuum all carpeted surfaces. 3. Damp mop all vinyl composition or resilient flooring and base. — 4. Damp mop all ceramic or porcelain the flooring and base. 5. Wipe down all finish carpentry, woodwork and cabinetwork. 6. Wipe down and polish toilet partitions, toilet and bath accessories, signage -- components and other specialties. 7. Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior sealed concrete floor slabs to be left exposed. Apply specified finish/sealer. -- 8. Wipe down all ceramic tile work ,and remove grout smears. D. Site cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork and asphalt paving. 2. Rake excess mulch and other debris from shrub beds and turf areas, as specified in Division 2. 0141.11 01710-2 E. Ventilating Systems: 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. F. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the site, all sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that work of the entire project is clean. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01710-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Pages 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300-1 - 00300-2 00400-1 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430-1 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -Al - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-2 SPECIFICATIONS IP WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS C. tSUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to be signed by their Senior Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 22nd day of Februan- 2002. STATE OF CONNECTICUT }SS. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD y111G15y�` ' �00su4f? yJ"0Y Ary0�L O,ASVAf� - i7 HARirORD, Q ' HARTFORD, i U' l 9 8 2�' COt�YV. y CONN. o TRAVF,,LERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMWGTON CASUALTY COMPANY By George W. Thompson Senior Vice President On this 22nd day of February, 2002 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals axed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. G•T�io , n•,� My commission expires June 30, 2006 Notary Public Marie C. Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned. Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority, are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 14th day of October 2002. �IyN�O's'=ryc b���TY ANo� pAsu �Yj br `9 02 �Rg1 A. 3 j f FGIRrFOR� = W HARTFORD, 1 9 8 2�' p l CONN. / e W CONN. o Z n� r � ; Kori M. Johanson Assistant Secretary, Bond No Text SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintain at the site one (1) record copy of each of the following documents: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications or Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Architect field orders or written instructions. 6. Approved shop drawings, product data and samples. 7. Field test records. 8. Architect's and Engineers' field reports. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Prior to beginning work, separate one (1) clean, complete set of project documents from construction sets and hold for record document purposes. The Architect and Owner will not furnish additional sets for the Contractor's use at the end of construction, unless compensated for by the Contractor. B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files and rack for storage of documents. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Architect, Engineers and Owner's representative. 1.03 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Drawings shall be legibly marked to record actual construction: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface locations. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. 6. Details not included in original Contract Documents. C. Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. 0141.11 01720-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver all Record Documents to the Architect for the Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing: 1. Date, project name and number. 2. Contractor's name and address. 3. Title and number of each Record Document. 4. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. C. Architect shall prepare and furnish the Owner with one (1) set of reproducible Record Documents in accordance with the Contract requirements. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01720-2 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished for this project. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent Sections of the Specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 3. Section 01700, Contract Closeout. 4. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 5. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. 6. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format of Submittals: 1. Size: 8-1 /2"x1 1 ". 2. Paper: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten. 3. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 4. Provide fly leaf for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 5. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List the following: a. Title of project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. C. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers, ring size as required. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related, consistent groupings. D. Number of Manuals Required: Three (3) copies of each complete manual, including all general information and plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler sections. 0141.11 01730-1 1.03 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten Table of Contents for each volume arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. - 2. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 3. List with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. _ b. Maintenance contractor as appropriate. C. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Note each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. C. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued indicating: 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. F. Copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product or material. 1.04 GENERAL MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Provide complete information for products specified in, but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping. 2. Section 06250, Wood Paneling. 3. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 4. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 5. Section 07250, Firestopping. 6. Section 07900, Sealants & Joint Fillers. 7. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 8. Section 08210, Wood Doors. -- 9. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 10. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 11. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 12. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 13. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 14. Section 09320, Porcelain Tile. 15. Section 09510, Acoustical Ceilings. 0141.11 01730-2 16. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring. 17. Section 09651, Synthetic Rubber Flooring. 18. Section 09680, Carpeting. 19. Section 09690, Modular Carpet Tile. 20. Sections 09900 and 09930, Painting and Transparent Finishes. 21. Divisions 15 and 16: Refer to paragraph 1.05 below. 1.05 MANUALS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Content for each unit of equipment and system as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. 2. Operating Procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. C. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "troubleshooting". C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule, with list of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. 8. As -installed control diagrams by control manufacturer. 9. As -installed color -coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. B. Content for each electric and electronic system as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. b. Engineering data and tests. C. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panelboards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. C. Communications. 3. As -installed color -coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. C. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 0141.11 01730-3 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. -- 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. C. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. D. Provide complete information for products specified in: 1. Division 15, Plumbing and Mechanical Systems and Equipment. 2. Division 16, Electrical Systems and Equipment. 1.06 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment. B. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed. 1.07 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. C. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01730-4 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall compile specified warranties and bonds and specified service and maintenance contracts. B. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. C. Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to Owner. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Instructions to Bidders: Bid or Proposal Bond. 2. Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. 3. Conditions of the Contract: General Warranty of Construction. 4. Section 01700, Contract Closeout. 5. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 6. Respective Sections of Specifications which specify the product. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts as specified in respective Sections of Specifications. B. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, bound with operating and maintenance data. Manuals are specified in Section 01730. C. Number of original signed copies required: Three (3) each, or as required by number of manuals specified in Section 01730. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Conditions which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. E. Format of Submittals: 1. Format: Prepare in duplicate packets. 2. Size: 8-1 /2"x1 1 " punch sheets for standard three-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 0141.11 01740-1 1.03 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS - A. Submit documents within twenty-five (25) days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction. B. Otherwise make submittals within twenty-five (25) days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. C. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.04 REQUIRED WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Bid or Proposal Bond: Refer to Instructions to Bidders. B. Performance Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. C. Labor and Material Payment Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. D. General Warranty of Construction: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. Unless modified elsewhere, General Contractor shall warrant all construction materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) calendar year from the date of Substantial Comple- tion. E. Provide warranties and/or bonds for products and services specified in, but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping. _ 2. Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Groundcovers. 3. Section 06250, Wood Paneling. 4. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 5. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 8. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 9. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 10. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. -- 11. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 12. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 13. Section 09320, Porcelain Tile. 14. Section 09510, Acoustical Ceilings. 15. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring. 16. Section 09651, Synthetic Rubber Flooring. 17. Section 09680, Carpeting. 18. Section 09690, Modular Carpet Tile. 19. Section 10100, Chalkboards and Tackboards. 20. Section 10675, Metal Storage Shelving Systems. 21. Division 15, Mechanical. 22. Division 16, Electrical. F. Optional Bond(s): The Contractor shall retain the right to require Performance and/or Labor and Material Payment Bonds from any or all of his/her Subcontractors. G. Maintenance Agreements: None required. However, all Contractors and Subcontrac- tors shall be required to make service calls as requested by the Owner throughout the one-year general warranty period, at no additional expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION 0141.11 01740-2 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this _14th day of October , 2002, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name:Sinnett 1 ers, Address: 26 . Mulb ti Fort gblXns, By : 'i ennis Sinne Title:...President ATTEST: y BY: (SEAL) 7/96 SURETY Travelers Casualty and Surety —Company Hartford, CT 06183 r Ry; Tjt.I.. Attorney -in -Fact S .AL i Section 00410 Pagt 3 No Text SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish equipment and labor to demolish and remove materials, equipment, fixtures, accessories and systems, including related utilities, to the extent shown on the Drawings or required for new construction. Selective demolition includes but is not limited to: 1. Demolition of portions of building structures as required for new construction. 2. Demolition of existing plumbing, mechanical, and/or electrical systems to the extent shown on the Drawings, or as required to make connections to new work. 3. Miscellaneous demolition work related to construction of the project, as indicated on the Drawings. B. Extent of demolition work is indicated on the Drawings. Work may include the removal and protection of existing materials or equipment to be relocated into the new construction or salvaged by the Owner, as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. C. After removal of demolition work, leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, equipment, finishes or other construction as indicated on the Drawings. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 3. Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids. 4. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 5. Section 01710, Cleaning: Waste Removal. 6. Division 15, Mechanical: Demolition related to mechanical and plumbing systems. 7. Division 16, Electrical: Demolition related to electrical systems. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall contact local building and fire authorities to become familiar with local laws and regulations governing work of this Section. 1.03 COORDINATION AND PROTECTION A. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, lighting and guardrails as required by applicable regulatory requirements to protect occupants of the building, construction workers and the public. B. Protect and maintain plumbing, mechanical and electrical services encountered during demolition that are to remain in use. C. Coordinate and pay for disconnecting, removing and capping any utility services encountered within areas of demolition. Notify the affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval prior to starting this work. Flag locations of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. 0141.11 02070-1 1.04 ACCESS TO BUILDING AND SITE A. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for required access to existing buildings and new work during construction. B. Plan, schedule and conduct selective demolition work in a manner that will minimize the disruption of the Owner's normal operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION A. General: Furnish labor, equipment and materials as required to complete demolition as described in the Contract Documents. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Materials, fixtures and equipment to be removed from the demolished work may be salvaged by the Owner or salvaged for reuse in the new work. Exact disposition of these materials will be determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Contractor may salvage remaining demolished material and equipment, unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section or on the Drawings. Immediately remove from the site. All other material shall be removed from the site and disposed of. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: Coordinate and execute demolition work in an orderly, neat and timely manner. The Owner shall fully occupy the existing facility, parking areas and grounds during construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for specific requirements. B. Ensure that all utilities and services to remain in use have been adequately marked and protected and will be maintained during construction. C. Ensure that structures have been adequately supported and braced during removal of any structural system or component. Consult with the Architect/Engineer as needed before commencing work. D. Ensure that dustproof and weathertight enclosures have been erected. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures that cannot be removed from the area of demolition work. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic and orderly manner. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry using power -driven masonry saw or hand tools. Do not use power -driven impact tools in buildings. 2. Locate demolition equipment throughout the structure to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors or framing. 0141.11 02070-2 3. Do not cut or alter any structural member without authorization of the Architect. Refer to Section 01045. B. Verify and ensure required dimensions and tolerances for new construction. C. Restore adjacent areas and damaged areas as a result of fixed furnishings or equipment being removed to original condition. D. Leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, equipment, finishes or other construction as indicated on the Drawings. 3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Promptly remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from the building site. Use trash receptacles with tightly fitted covers as specified in Section 01710. Do not allow debris to be blown onto adjacent properties. B. Deliver materials to be salvaged by the Owner to a location as directed by the Owner. C. Deliver materials to be salvaged for reuse in the new work to a secure and weather - protected location until ready for refurbishing and reinstallation. D. Keep general construction site area reasonably clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner's principal representative. E. Transport and dispose of materials off -site in a legal manner. F. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on the project site. G. Recycling of Construction Waste: Contractor shall endeavor to recycle as much construction debris and waste materials as practicable, with a goal of recycling a minimum of 10% of such debris. END OF SECTION 0141.11 02070-3 No Text DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 03510 GYPSUM CONCRETE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Furnish and install gypsum concrete floor underlayment where shown on the Drawings, including accessory materials as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 09650, Resilient Flooring. 2. Section 09680, Carpeting. 3. Section 10270, Access Flooring. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation shall be by skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Installation shall be by a subcontractor currently approved as an installer of the approved system by the manufacturer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation instructions, including: 1. Sufficient technical data to prove compliance with the specified requirements, including evidence of approval of the proposed subcontractor by the manufac- turer of the approved system. 2. Proposed installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer's original packaging. B. Store in a dry, secure location in accordance with the manufacturer's recommenda- tions. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Furnish manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and installation workmanship. 03510-1 0141.11 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM CONCRETE UNDERLAYMENT A. General: Gypsum concrete floor underlayment system over existing cast -in place concrete flooring. B. Mix Design: 1. Compressive Strength: 2,000 psi minimum. 2. Point Loading: 2,000 lbs. on a 1 " diameter disk. 3. Flame Spread: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. 4. Fuel Contributed: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. 5. Smoke Density: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. C. Thickness: 3/4" for installations over wood subflooring or sheathing. D. Approved Manufacturer: 1. Gyp -Crete 2000 by Maxxon Corp., Hamel, MN, (800) 356-7887, as basis of design. 2. Firm -Fill by Hacker Industries, Inc., Newport Beach, CA, and distributed locally by Advanced Gypsum Floors, Inc., Ouray, CO, (800) 373-2832. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 4. Manufacturers of cementitious products meeting the same functional and performance requirements of the specified gypsum -based materials will be acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected in a manner satisfactory to the Installer. B. Ensure that wood subflooring, sheathing or other substrates are properly sealed and/or otherwise prepared to receive the gypsum concrete underlayment. C. Coordinate the work of other trades to assure the proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades with the work of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install gypsum concrete underlayment system in strict accordance with the written instructions and the recommendations of the manufacturer as approved by the Architect. 1. Fill to a uniform thickness as shown on the Drawings, finishing to a smooth plane. 2. Provide adequate protection until the fill has attained sufficient strength to withstand damage from imposed loads. 03510-2 0141.11 3.03 PATCHING AND PROTECTION A. Restrict access to areas receiving the gypsum concrete underlayment until materials have properly cured, as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Approximately one (1) week after completion of floor fill installation, the Installer shall make a thorough visual inspection of all areas and locate all shrinkage cracks and other cracks in the floor fill surface. 1. Patch cracks with a compound recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Architect. 2. Along both sides of partitions, where floor fill has pulled away from the partition base plate, install a solid packing of the approved compound or a solid packing of sealant approved under Section 07900. 3. Smooth the patches to provide a finish surface acceptable for the applied finish flooring material. C. Do not impose point loading on the fill at any location, but distribute all loads on the floor fill to prevent damage to the finish surface. END OF SECTION 03510-3 0141.11 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: Sinnett Builders, Inc. 2. Permanent main office address: 2926 E. Mulberry; Fort Collins, CO 80524 3. When organized: 1973; Incorporated 1975 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: Colorado 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 28 years 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) See attached 7. General character of Work performed by your company: General Contractor 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? No If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? No If so, where and why? 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? No If yes list agency name. 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 No Text DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to: 1. Studs and joists and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing. 2. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers. 3. Plywood floor sheathing. 4. Redwood or pressure -treated wood plates. 5. Miscellaneous wall -mounted plywood backer boards for electrical, audio/visual, sound and related equipment. B. Furnish and install pressure -treated and/or fire -treated wood materials. C. Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 2. Division 15, Mechanical. 3. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide. 5. AWPA: American Wood -Preservers' Association. a. AWPA Cl: All timber products — preservative treatment by pressure processes. b. AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 7. California Redwood Association. 8. Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). C. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. D. Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. E. Pressure -Treated Lumber: Pressure -treated lumber materials shall not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA). 0141.11 06100-1 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at job site. B. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work. C. Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper ventilation and drainage. D. Pressure -Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes, in accordance with instructions from treating plant. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the job site. B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the job site and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure -treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending (grades and stresses as indicated on the Structural Drawings). 2. Studs: Standard grade or better. 3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 4. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete or masonry. Pressure -treated lumber shall not contain CCA. 2.02 PRESSURE -TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Concealed Structural Members: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, with preservative treatment specified below, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending. 2. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 3. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. ACO Preserve by Chemical Specialties, Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449-1876, as basis of design. 0141.11 06100-2 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.03 below, are acceptable. 2.03 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2. Edges: Tongue -in -groove. B. Interior Concealed Plywood: C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue. C. Decorative Veneered Plywood: Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. D. Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: Underlayment, Interior APA, or Structurwood by Weyerhaeuser Corp. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma, WA. 2. Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000. 3. Manufacturers providing products of, the same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Metal Wall Bracing: Galvanized metal "T" profile wall and corner bracing, 20-gage. 1. Ampcor "T"-Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS, (800) 426-7267, or equal. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. 1. Framing: 8d to 12d rosin -coated box. 2. Sheathing: 8d, 2 1 /2" long box nails, zinc -coated. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. D. Construction Adhesives: Mastic -type, multi -purpose adhesive, formulated for field - gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: 1. Reference Standards: a. APA Spec. AFG-01. b. ASTM D3498-76. C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin UM-60. 2. Type: Solvent dispersion. 3. Base: Synthetic elastomer. 4. Consistency: Approx. 200,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. 5. Weight/Gallon: 8.8 lbs. minimum. 6. Solids content: 64% ± 2%. 7. Strength: 400 psi by ASTM D905-49 (wood to wood). 8. Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 1580F by ASTM D572- 61. 9. Water Resistance: Waterproof. 10. Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel. 11. Application Temperature: 25°-120°F. 12. Service Range: -250 to + 150°F. 0141.11 06100-3 13. Material Suitability: Bonds wood, gypsum wallboard, concrete, stone, brick, metals and polyurethane foam. Not suitable for polystyrene foam and most plastics. 14. Approved Product and Manufacturer: M-D 400 Construction Adhesive, manufactured by Macklanburg-Duncan, Oklahoma City, OK or equal. E. Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type. 1. Sill Seal or equal. 2.05 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the drawings or specified herein to be pressure -treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9, C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure -treat items with waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19% for lumber and 18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements. 1. Application Rates: Apply specified preservative treatment as follows, or as recommended by approved manufacturers: a. Preservative treatment for above ground use: 0.25 Ib./cu.ft. minimum. b. Preservative treatment where in contact with ground: 0.40 Ib./cu.ft. minimum. C. Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems: 0.60 Ib./cu.ft. minimum. 2. Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. In contact with masonry or concrete. b. In contact, or within 6" of grade. C. Other locations indicated. B. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Where fire -retardant or treated lumber or plywood is indicated or required by applicable building codes, comply with AWPA C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood, using types required for interior and exterior use. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor. B. Upon inspection by the Architect and Owner, the deteriorated materials will be replaced on a unit price basis. Refer to Section 01022. C. Contractor shall verify the rough opening requirements and adjust dimensions in the field as necessary. Coordinate with the Architect/Engineer as necessary. D. Ensure that prefabricated roof trusses are properly sized and marked upon delivery to the site. Check connector plate sizes for compliance with specification requirements. 0141.11 06100-4 E. Selection of Lumber Pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function. 3. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General: 1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4". 2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein. 3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 4. Construct and erect required built-up beams and headers. 5. Produce joints which are tight, true and well nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations. 6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application. 7. Make bearings full and uniform for solid support. 8. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. 9. Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within 1 /16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1 /16" horizontally between trimmers at header. B. Fastening: 1. Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of Table 25-Q of the Uniform Building Code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise. a. Nail without splitting wood. b. Prebore as required. C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. 2. Bolting: a. Drill holes 1 /16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. C. Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: For lag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. 0141.11 06100-5 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING A. Floor Sheathing: 1. Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered. 3. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their center lines. Back -block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing. 4. Maintain minimum 1 /16" and maximum 1 /8" joint spacing. 5. Flooring sheathing shall be glued and nailed continuously along bearing edges and field of panels. 6. Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces. 7. Remove all nails that are not accurately installed or flush with plane of flooring so as not to interfere with installation of floor coverings. 3.04 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the project. END OF SECTION 06100-6 0141.11 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all finish carpentry, running and standing trim. B. Furnish adjustable shelving hardware. C. Installation of the following items, unless arranged for otherwise: 1. Architectural woodwork. 2. Wood paneling. 3. Hollow metal doors and frames. 4. Wood doors. 5. Cabinetwork. 6. Finish hardware specified in Division 8. 7. Building specialties specified in Division 10. 8. Building equipment specified in Division 11. 9. Miscellaneous equipment and accessories as specified elsewhere. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06250, Wood Paneling. 3. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 4. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 6. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations and quality standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to quality requirements of current editions of the following standards: 1. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 2. PS 58: Basic Hardwood. 3. NFPA (National Forest Products Association) National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association 5. California Redwood Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature illustrating all items of specified shelving hardware. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all prefabricated millwork components. 0141.11 06200-1 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. See attached 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: 30 Years worth of experience 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: See Attached Resumes Dennis Sinnett - President; John Sinnett - Vice President; Ted Beers - ecretary 15. Credit available: SVaries upon Job 16. Bank reference: First State Bank of Colorado; 2000 S. Co e Ave.; Fort Collins,CO 80525 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? Yes If yes, in what city, county and state? See Below What class, license and numbers?Fort Collins, CO -Unlimited Contractor A-10; Loveland, -Class I contractor #562; Estes Park, CO-# .5 ; Greeley, CO - 010790 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? Yes If yes, what percent of total contract? 90% and to whom? 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? No If DETAIL yes, 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials and fabricated carpentry items until site conditions are prepared to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60' F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship for all hardware and shelving components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Wood Paneling: Refer to Section 06250. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non - rust finish in concealed location and finish to match material in exposed locations. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Fabricate running and standing trim and casings as detailed on the Drawings. C. Shop -fabricate finish carpentry items to greatest extent practicable. Shop -assemble finish carpentry items for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. D. Field -fabricated running and standing trim and other finish carpentry items shall be fabricated in accordance with the workmanship standards specified in paragraph 3.02 below. E. Shelving: Furnish particleboard shelving with prefabricated bullnosed nosings at exposed outer edges, unless indicated for wood trim on edge. F. Attachments: Fabricate all finish carpentry items for countersunk attachment to substrates. Provide wood plugs, same species as surrounding wood. 2.03 HARDWARE AND SHELVING ACCESSORIES A. Shelf Standards and Supports: Heavy-duty slotted standards and double -legged brackets, designed to support shelving widths as indicated on the Drawings. 1. K & V No. 87 heavy-duty slotted standards and No. 186 slot brackets by Knape and Vogt Co., Grand Rapids, MI, or equal. 2. Finish/Color: Satin chrome. 3. Structural Capacity: 75 lbs./lin. ft. 0141.11 06200-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall field measure conditions as required for the successful installation of all finish carpentry items. B. Installer shall examine the rough framing, wall blocking, gypsum wallboard and other substrates and finishes under which the finish carpentry work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be considered acceptance of substrates and site conditions. C. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all finish carpentry materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. General: Set and secure finish carpentry items in place rigid, plumb and square in a manner consistent with AWI requirements and recommendations. B. Materials shall be installed in accordance with site -determined measurements. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Ensure tolerances of not more than 1 /8" in 101. C. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. D. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used for wall -mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush and ensure that direction of grain matches surrounding wood where scheduled for transparent finish. 3.03 PREPARATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 1. Items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. 2. Items to receive opaque finishes, caulk all joints in running and standing trim. C. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes and other fixtures and equipment. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. D. Refer to Sections 09900, Painting, and 09930, Transparent Finishes, for field finishing. END OF SECTION 0141.11 06200-3 No Text SECTION 06250 WOOD PANELING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish hardwood veneer paneling. B. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 2. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 3. Section 09900, Painting. 4. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wood paneling shall be fabricated by a manufacturer specializing in the fabrication of materials of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years of experience in projects of similar size and complexity. B. Fabricate paneling in accordance with recommendations of the Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). C. Reference Standards: Conformto current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1 . PS I: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 4. PS 58: Basic Hardwood. 5. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature for all prefabricated and/or prefinished materials, indicating species, sizes, profiles, materials and finishes. B. Samples: 1. Submit representative sample of each type of paneling specified, minimum 6"x12", for approval by the Architect. 2. Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of finishes for prefinished paneling for selection by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver wood paneling until areas of the buildings are ready to receive the work. Protect paneling from weather while in transit and while on site. B. Store indoors in a secure and ventilated area with a constant, minimum temperature of 601 F and maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. 0141.11 06250-1 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty for prefabricated paneling covering defects in material performance, including warping, twisting, splitting or delamination of veneers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PANELING A. Hardwood Strip or Plank Paneling: 2-1 /4" wide x 3/4" thick tongue -in -groove strip or plank flooring, installed vertically. Refer to Section 09550, Wood Flooring. 1. Species: Red Oak for transparent finish, kiln -dried to maximum 7% moisture content. B. Softwood Beaded Paneling: 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long sheets, 1 /2" thick, APA-rated plywood meeting the grading requirements of PS-1, Interior APA with exterior glue, A/D with beaded profile to match existing, tongue -in -groove edges. 1. Species: Southern Yellow Pine for transparent finish. C. Softwood Beaded Paneling: 2-1 /4" wide x 5/16" thick tongue -in -groove plank paneling, with beaded profile to match existing. 1. . Species: Southern Yellow Pine for transparent finish. D. Softwood Beaded Plank Paneling: Nominal 2x6 tongue -in -groove plank paneling, with beaded pattern on exposed underside to match existing at gullwing canopies. 1. Species: Southern Yellow Pine or Hem -Fir for opaque finish. E. Attachments: Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate wood paneling in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. 1. AWI Grade: Custom. B. Shop -fabricate wood paneling to greatest extent practicable. C. Attachments: Fabricate all wood paneling for countersunk attachment to substrates. Provide wood plugs, same species as surrounding wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Fabricator/Installer shall examine the spaces, wall and ceiling/soffit surfaces to receive wood paneling and notify the Contractor of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a - manner acceptable to the Fabricator/Installer. B. Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions of finished spaces to receive wood paneling prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that blocking has been properly located and installed prior to installation, if required. D. Ensure that existing walls have been shimmed as required prior to installation, if required. 0141.11 06250-2 E. Ensure that plumbing or electrical devices, including power outlets, switches, lighting fixtures, thermostats and other equipment to be installed in or through the wood paneling have been properly located and installed prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD PANELING A. General: Install wood paneling in accordance with AWI standards and recommendations for paneling grade specified. B. Set and install paneling in place rigid, plumb, flush and square, using finish nails or wood screws of appropriate length. C. Install sections of paneling to create tight, flush and square joints. D. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices into wall substrate and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with surrounding surfaces. E. Carefully scribe paneling which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1 /32" maximum. F. Cutouts in paneling for plumbing or electrical devices shall be appropriately sized and neat in appearance, with sharp, straight edges. Excessively large or uneven cutouts shall be rejected and the paneling replaced at the sole discretion of the Architect. G. Install cap, base and/or external corner trims and mouldings as shown on the Drawings or as required for a complete installation. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. H. Tolerances: Refer to Section 06200. I. Caulk joints of wood paneling with walls, soffits or ceilings as specified in Section 07900. J. Protect all paneling during remainder of construction activity. 3.04 PREPARATION OF WOOD PANELING FOR FINISHING A. General: Prepare wood paneling for transparent or opaque finish, as specified above, in accordance with AWI recommendations. B. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for finishing. END OF SECTION 0141.11 06250-3 No Text SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETWORK PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install custom cabinetwork with associated hardware and plastic laminates, including but not limited to: 1. Base and wall cabinets. 2. Open shelving boxes with adjustable shelves. 3. Countertops, aprons and backsplashes. 4. Other areas where shown on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install hardwood and/or softwood custom cabinetwork with associated hardware for painted finish. C. Furnish and install hardwood custom cabinetwork with associated hardware for transparent finish. D. Installation of countertops and cabinetwork furnished by others. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 2. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 RELATED WORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Studio equipment console furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabrication of custom cabinetwork shall be by a custom cabinetwork shop skilled in the work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience fabricating custom cabinetwork for projects of similar size and complexity, and using similar materials and detailing. All cabinetwork shall be fabricated by the same shop throughout the project, and shall be approved by the Architect prior to bidding if required in paragraph 2.01. B. Fabricate cabinetwork and site -made finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). C. Reference Standards: 1. PSI: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 4. PS 58: Basic Hardwood. 5. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 6. ANSI A117.1 - 1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 7. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 0141.11 06410-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all cabinetwork indicating plans, elevations, section components, methods of jointery, materials and finishes. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature illustrating all items of specified cabinet hardware. C. Samples: 1. Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns of plastic laminates for selection by the Architect. 2. Submit prepared samples of manufacturer's full line of painted opaque or stained transparent finishes for selection by the Architect. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver shop -fabricated cabinetry items until site conditions are adequate to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 601 F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. C. Protect all cabinetwork and countertops upon delivery. 1.06 COMPLIANCE A. Supplier/Installer shall certify that all cabinet systems furnished for handicapped accessible areas where shown on the Drawings meet the applicable requirements of ANSI Al 17.1 - 1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990, including but not limited to: 1. Base cabinet heights for accessible areas. 2. Accessible knee -space below work areas. 3. Mounting heights of wall cabinets, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. Mounting heights of countertops. 5. Cabinet hardware. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETWORK MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Custom fabricated cabinetwork meeting applicable AWI requirements and recommendations. 1. AWI Grade: Custom. 2. Style/Type: Flush, reveal overlay. B. Wood Particleboard: Composed of wood flakes, with water-resistant adhesives, of grade to suit application, sanded faces. 1. Density 45 lbs. per cu. ft., industrial grade. 2. Thickness: 3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. C. Melamine -Faced Particleboard: High -density particleboard with factory -applied Melamine plastic facing for cabinet box and drawer interiors and shelving. -- 1. Panel backing .202" thick. D. Softwood: Birch, kiln -dried. 0141.11 06410-2 E. Bolts, Nuts, Washers: Medium carbon steel, sized to suit application. Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. F. Fasteners: Toggle bolt type anchorages to hollow concrete unit masonry or hollow framed walls. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or power -activated type for anchorage to steel. G. All other materials as required for a complete, finished and fully operational cabinetwork system shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWI-accepted practices for custom -grade cabinetry. H. Approved Custom Cabinetwork Fabricators: 1 . Trimline 7000 by TMI Systems Design Corp, as basis of design. 2. Woodco of the Rockies, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 493-8854. 3. LSI Corp. 4. Westmark. 5. Colorado Custom Cabinets. 6. Sidney Millwork. 7. Stevens Cabinet Company. 8. Kamtz Companies, Inc. 9. John Murphy. 10. Phelps, Tointon. 11. Fabricators producing custom cabinetwork of the same design, function, quality, performance and range of components are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 PLASTIC LAMINATES A. General: High -density, impact -resistant, commercial -quality plastic laminates, standard duty. B. Type and Thickness: 1. Horizontal surfaces .062" thick, general purpose. 2. Vertical surfaces .031 " thick, general purpose. C. Color(s) and Finishes: As specified in paragraph 2.05 below. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation, Cincinnati, OH. 2. Wilsonart. 3. Nevamar Decorative Surfaces, Odenton, MD. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, quality, perfor- mance and range of specified colors, finishes and/or patterns are acceptable. 2.03 CABINET HARDWARE A. General: Cabinetwork fabricator shall provide cabinet hardware as shown on the Drawings or specified herein for complete and operational casework systems. Furnish hardware of the same line throughout the project to the extent possible, but in no case will mixing lines of the same hardware item be allowed. B. Cabinet Hardware Items: 1 . Shelf Standards and Supports: Specified in Section 06200. 2. Cabinet Shelf Supports: Heavy-duty self-locking plastic with 1 /4" diameter pin, four (4) per shelf, installed in holes in cabinet ends and partitions. 3. Cabinet Door and Drawer Pulls: 4" wire pulls with 1-5/16" projection. 0141.11 06410-3 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL N/A What company? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? $12 Million 23. The undersigned corporation to verification of Quali f icatioV7 Dated at 9:OOA. hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or furnish any information requested by the OWNER in the rec�x'l comprising this Statement of Bidder's Sinnett Bu' d s, Inc/ Name of Bid By: 4PA4"(7 Title: Presi.lent State of Colorado County of Larimer 23rd d&v of October 2002 Dennis Sinnett being duly sworn deposes and says that he is President of Sinnett Builders, Inc. and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 23rd day of October 20D2 No ar Public My commission expires 5/18/05 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 4. Door Catches: 2-part magnetic catches, Stanley SP41 for single doors and SP45 for double doors. 5. Full Extension Drawer Slides: a. Regular drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of ball bearing -nylon roller suspensions, self -closing from 4" extension, have a load capacity minimum of 75 lb. and be on zinc -coated cold rolled steel. b. Knee drawers shall be equipped with full extension suspensions with a load capacity minimum of at least 50 lbs. C. Paper storage and file drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of full extension suspensions of similar design with load capacity minimum of 100 lbs. 6. Concealed Door Hinges: Self -closing 3/8" cranked or straight hinge arm as recommended by fabricator for particular application, minimum 1 101 opening, Blum Modul series. 7. Drawer Locks: Deadbolt type locks, minimum 1 /2" throw. 8. Plastic Grommets: Counter and desktop grommets for equipment cords as required. Coordinate locations with Owner in the field. 9. Other miscellaneous cabinet hardware items as required for a complete and operational system. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Julius Blum Inc., Stanley, NC, (800) 438-6788. 2. EPCO, Flint, MI, (313) 767-2050. 3. Grant Slides Ltd., West Nyack, NY, (914) 358-4400. _ 4. Sugatsune America, Inc., Carson, CA, (800) 562-5267. 5. Stanley Hardware, Naperville, IL, (312) 416-2140. 6. Accuride International Inc., Santa Fe Springs, CA, (310) 903-0200. 7. Manufacturers providing hardware of the same design, function, quality, durability and appearance are acceptable. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Field verify critical dimensions for cabinetwork prior to fabrication. B. Fabricate cabinetwork in accordance with recommendations of AWI. Shop -fabricate items where possible. 1. AWI Grade: Custom. C. Design: Doors and drawer fronts are to be flush, reveal overlay style AWI construction, unless otherwise specified. D. Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes: Factory assembled, minimum 3/4" thick hardwood veneer over particleboard or hardwood construction. Use corner blocks and glue blocks at all critical points. Cabinet backs shall be Oraboard or equal. Backs to have top and bottom hanging rails tongue and grooved in place for internal fastening; nail or screw _- holes shall not be visible in exterior surfaces. Backs exposed to rooms to be similar construction as sides. 1. Cabinet box side panels shall be pre -drilled for adjustable shelving at minimum 1- — 1 /4" increments. E. Face Frames: None. Cabinetwork shall be full overlay construction. F. Shelves: Particleboard construction with square edge, adjustable, 3/4" thick. G. Drawers: Constructed with high -density fiberboard with melamine plastic finish. Drawer bottom shall be mortised in. 0141.11 06410-4 H. Doors and Drawer Fronts: Softwood veneer over particleboard or solid hardwood to match existing. 1 . Cabinetwork Doors: Minimum 3/4" thick and or type construction indicated in schedule. I. Countertops: Factory -assembled construction, cored intersection at countertop and wood front edge, (2) layers of 3/4" particle board bonded together for a full 1-1/2" countertop thickness. Countertops to be plastic laminate surfaced, bonded to industrial -grade particleboard core. 1. Aprons: Particleboard construction, 1 /2" thick minimum, high-pressure plastic laminate finish, set back from leading edge of countertop 1 /4" - 3/8". J. Plastic Laminate Faces: 1. Exposed Surfaces: Comply with NEMA LD-3, Type GP28 and PF30, high- pressure plastic laminate, general purpose type, thicknesses as specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 2. Backs of Doors and Inside Face of Exposed Ends: Same as above, except .020" thick, melamine laminate. 3. Semi -Exposed Surfaces: Low pressure laminate, minimum 0.015" thick. 4. Concealed Surfaces: Comply with above, except 0.020" thick, liner or backer type. K. Exposed Edges: Front edges of end panels, top and bottom, intermediate rails and shelves shall be banded with PVC molding. Doors and drawers shall have square corners and edges with 3 mm PVC edging from standard colors. L. Countertop Support Panels: Particleboard construction with square edge, 3/4" thick, profile(s) as shown on the Drawings, high-pressure plastic laminate finish. M. Fabrication: 1. Field verify critical dimensions for cabinetwork prior to fabrication. 2. Apply plastic laminate finish in full, uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Corners and joints to be hairline. Slightly bevel arises. Locate countertop butt joints at least 24" from sink cutouts, unless otherwise approved. 3. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with hardwood edge trim. Plastic T-nosings for cabinet box, door and drawer front edges are not acceptable. 4. Shop -assemble cabinetwork for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. 5. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and other fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. N. Structural Capacity: Open shelving units shall be designed to support minimum superimposed loads of 200 lbs. per shelf. 2.05 FINISHES A. Doors and Drawer Fronts: Factory -applied facing and edge banding. 1. Color: To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes as specified. B. Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes, Shelves, Filler Panels and Miscellaneous Items: Match doors and drawer fronts. 1. Color: Match doors and drawer fronts. C. Countertops and Aprons: Factory -applied plastic laminate facing. 1. Color(s): To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes as specified. D. Hardware: US-26D, Satin Chromium. 0141.11 06410-5 2.06 SCHEDULE OF CABINETWORK FABRICATION A. Particleboard with all plastic laminate surfaces, including edges: 1. Exposed side and back panels of cabinet boxes. 2. Countertops and backsplashes and aprons. 3. Open cabinet boxes and frames, flush panels and filler panels. 4. Open wall shelving units. 5. Countertop support panels. 6. All other cabinetwork items not scheduled for other fabrications and finishes. B. Particleboard with plastic laminate surfaces and PVC edge banding: 1. Cabinet doors. 2. Drawer fronts. C. Particleboard with prefinished melamine plastic finish on all surfaces, including edges: 1. Inside surfaces of enclosed cabinets, including shelves. 2. Inside surfaces of drawers. D. All other materials shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWI-accepted practices for cabinet construction grade specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Fabricator/Installer shall examine the spaces, wall, floor and ceiling/soffit surfaces to receive custom cabinetwork and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the installation of the cabinetwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Fabricator/Installer. B. Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions of finished spaces to receive custom cabinetwork prior to fabrication. Filler pieces will not be acceptable, unless specifically indicated on the Drawings or approved in shop drawings. C. Fabricator/Installer shall be responsible for coordinating work of this Section with other trades as required for a complete, accurate, finished and fully operational installation. 1. Coordinate installation to ensure that the operation of doors and drawers will not conflict with each other, appliances, or other construction. D. Ensure that blocking has been accurately located and installed for wall -mounted casework. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK A. General: Install custom cabinetwork in accordance with AWI standards and recommen- dations for cabinet construction grade specified. B. Handicapped Accessibility: Installation of cabinet systems and countertops in accessible/adaptable residential units as shown on the Drawings shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI A117.1-1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. C. Set and secure cabinetwork in place rigid, plumb and square. D. Use function -designed fixture attachments for mounted components. E. Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units, countertops and shelf units. F. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 0141.11 06410-6 G. Permanently fix cabinet and bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. Shim base units as necessary for proper alignment. H. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used to wall -mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with surrounding surfaces. I. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1 /32" maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. J. Provide blocking at all toe kick trims at internal corner intersections of base cabinets and other conditions where voids occur. K. Ensure that mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section are properly placed, complete and have been inspected by the Architect prior to commencement of installation. Cutouts in cabinetwork and countertops for plumbing or electrical devices, piping or conduit shall be appropriately sized and neat in appearance. Excessively large or uneven cutouts shall be rejected and the cabinet or countertop replaced at the sole discretion of the Architect. 1. All cutouts through cabinet walls or bases opening into unfinished wall cavities shall be fitted with cover plates or otherwise sealed. L. Cut and join sections of countertop to create tight, flush mitered or square seams in accordance with the seaming layout approved in the shop drawings. Backsplashes shall be cut and installed at all joints of countertops with walls or other materials, as shown on the Drawings. M. Install hardware, fixtures and accessories supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. N. Protect all cabinetwork and countertop surfaces during remainder of construction activity with 4 mil poly coverings, taped in place. 3.03 PREPARATION OF CABINETWORK FOR FINISHING A. General: Prepare hardwood cabinetwork for transparent or opaque finish, as specified above, in accordance with AWI recommendations. B. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CABINET HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations and AWI standards. B. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to ensure proper alignment and operation. C. Quantities of hardware, such as number of cabinet door hinges per door, shall be as recommended by the fabricator for the application. D. Special Requirements: Install cabinet door and drawer locks as shown on Drawings. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. General: Contractor shall schedule delivery of cabinetwork furnished by the Owner and fully install cabinet boxes, doors and drawers, countertops, hardware and other items as directed by the Owner. Installed systems shall be complete and fully functional. B. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner any required cutting, fitting or other minor modifications to the Owner -furnished cabinetwork and countertops as may be necessary due to actual field conditions and dimensions. END OF SECTION 0141.11 06410-7 No Text DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 07130 WATERPROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive waterproofing. B. Furnish and install liquid membrane waterproofing system at existing cast -in -place concrete plaza. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 5. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Applicator: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. C. Applicator: Use an applicator currently approved in writing by the manufacturer of the waterproofing system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper application, including: 1. Details showing fabrication, installation, anchorage and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver the materials to the job site in the manufacturer's unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at the time of use. B. Maintain the products in a dry condition during delivery, storage, handling, installation and concealment. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the application and curing of the waterproofing materials. B. Do not apply waterproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above 40' F. 0141.11 07130-1 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. B. Provide installer's written 5-year warranty covering application. C. Should water penetrate through the work of this Section within five (5) years following the date of Substantial Completion of the work, and promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner to that affect, the materials supplier will provide such additional waterproofing and protection board materials as are required, and the Contractor and applicator will provide such equipment, labor and other materials as are required and will properly repair the area through which water penetrated. D. Should the water penetration be due to faulty original workmanship or materials of this Section, the equipment, labor and materials will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Should the water penetration not be due to faulty original workmanship or labor of this Section, the equipment, labor and materials provided under this Article will be paid for promptly by the Owner at the current rates of the Contractor, applicator and materials applier. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIQUID MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING SYSTEM A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for waterproofing or, where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for application indicated. B. Type: Liquid cold -applied membrane waterproofing system, consisting of multi -layer waterproof polyurethane with tinted top coat and supresistant broadcast. 1 . Wet Mil Thickness: 25 mils minimum. 2. Application Rate: 60 sq. ft. per gallon. C. Approved Product and Manufacturer: 1. Conipur II Deck Coating System with Sonoguard tint base top coat by Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, and represented by the Stan South Co. Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 650-9915. -- 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Submit manufacturer's product literature with request. _ D. Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation as selected by the Contractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Applicator shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed, and notify Contractor of any conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Applicator. - 0141.11 07130-2 B. Ensure that surfaces to receive waterproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials detrimental to adhesion and application of waterproofing. C. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other recommended method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or detergent and scrub surfaces clean with water. D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls, footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from the structure. E. Seal around items and services projecting through waterproofing surfaces. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are moisture -tight. F. Apply approved filler material recommended by the manufacturer to fill gaps or voids as may be necessary. 3.02 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING A. Prior to start of installation of the work of this Section, participate in a job site meeting attended by the Contractor, an officer of the applicator firm, field supervisor of the applicator firm, materials supplier, Owner's principal representative and the Architect, plus such others as the Architect shall direct. B. At the pre -installation meeting, review the areas scheduled to receive waterproofing and reach agreement on installation procedures to be used. C. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF LIQUID MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING SYSTEM A. General: Install waterproofing in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. All chips, pits and spalling (over 1 /4") shall be filled or covered as specified above prior to application of waterproofing. C. Prestriping: Prior to application of final membrane, all joints, cracks and openings around projecting items shall be sealed by caulking or prestriping with a preliminary coat of specified waterproofing, applied by a trowel or stiff bristle brush. Allow to cure overnight before proceeding with final membrane. D. Apply final liquid membrane by the following method, or as recommended by the manufacturer for this application: 1. Roller. 2. Squeegee. E. Verify the applied thickness with a wet mil gauge as the application proceeds. F. Verify integrity of the cured application by damming all horizontal surfaces and flooding with a minimum of 2" of water, in the presence of the Owner's principal representative, and allowing water to stand for 24-48 hours. 1. If repairs are required, drain the area and allow to completely dry before reapplying membrane. END OF SECTION 0141.11 07130-3 Sinnett Builders, Inc. 3.4 Work In Progress PROJECT 10.01.02 OWNER ARCHITECT Centre For Advanced Everitt Commercial Partners Sear*Brown Technology Bldg. B Harris Bilingual Elem. Remodel Poudre School District R B + B, Inc. Mtn. View High School Pool Thompson Valley School Dist. R B + B, Inc. 4821 Wheaton Addition Bill Bensler Vaught*Frye Overlook at Seneca Center BSS, LLC Architecture West Pedersen Auto Plaza Pedersen Properties, LLLC. Lockwood Architects North Weld Co. Elementary Weld County School District 6 R B + B, Inc. Flood & Petersen Tenant Finish Flood & Petersen Vaught*Frye Shops @ Westwood Bldg. 3 Everitt Companies Greg D Fisher Architects Interchange Business Park, Lot 4 IBP 14, LLC Vaught*Frye Interchange Business Park, Lot 5 IBP 14, LLC Vaught*Frye Interchange Business Park, Lot 6 Denrose Ventures, LLC Vaught*Frye % COMPLETION CONTRACT COMPLETE DATE 722,508 * 97 02/02 4,122,072 * 99 08/02 4,400,573 * 99 09/02 732,953 * 93 11/02 669,598 * 97 09/02 1,056,120 * 91 09/02 8,092,644 5 09/03 465,478 38 01/03 386,916 16 01/03 777,099 11 01/03 126,712 46 01/03 1,117,013 11 01/03 Sinnett Builders Inc. No Text SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. B. Furnish and install joint backing materials. C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants. D. Furnish and install sealants for firestopping systems. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 2. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 3. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 4. Section 09900, Painting: Joints of walls and/or ceilings of dissimilar colors. 5. Division 15, Mechanical. 6. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. B. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type. C. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 40' F or above 100' F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. 0141.11 07900-1 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials. 2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior: One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-S-00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag). 1. One -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. C. Interior: One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A. 1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPlus by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintable. 1. Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer for type of application. E. Color(s): 1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including variations from this policy. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. 3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are — acceptable. 0141.11 07900-2 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round closed -cell polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30- 50%, as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere. E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. H. Install bond breaker where required. I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces. C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags. D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces. E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 0141.11 07900-3 PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A. Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Vertical joints in painted gypsum wallboard surfaces at interior junctions of different colors. 2. Perimeter of window and door frames. 3. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 4. Each side and top and bottom of each stud partition where acoustical insulation is indicated. 5. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 6. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION 0141.11 07900-4 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard hollow metal doors and frames. B. Furnish standard hollow metal doors as security shutters for concessions service windows. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of doors and frames. 2. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 3. Section 08380, Sound Retardant Doors and Windows. 4. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 5. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 6. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 7. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Installation of frames in fire -rated walls. 8. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). B. Reference Standards: Conform with applicable portions of the following standards: 1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies. 4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies. C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation schedules. B. Door Schedules: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcement and location of cut-outs for louvers or glazing. D. Samples: Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval. Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. 0141.11 08110-1 B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and., if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. 1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. Provide insulated doors where scheduled. a. Interior Doors: Grade I, standard -duty, Model 1, full flush design. 2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14-gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish the following minimum face sheets: . a. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 72" High: 16-gage. b. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. 3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Style: a. "Regent Door" by Ceco as basis of design for honeycomb core. b. "Imperial Door" by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core. C. "Medallion Door" by Ceco as basis of design for unitized steel core. 5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. B. Metal Vision Lite Frames: 18-gage, cold -rolled steel frames with countersunk mounting holes and phillips-head steel through bolts. Corners to be mitered, welded continuously and ground smooth prior to finishing. 1. Size(s): As shown on the Drawings. 2. Finish: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 3. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Areas of vision lites shall be limited as follows: a. UL 3-Hour Label: None allowed. _ b. UL B-1 or B-1-1/2 Hour Label: 100 sq. in. maximum. C. UL 45-minute and 20-Minute Certificate: 1296 sq. in. maximum. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO, (303) 322-1410. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. -- 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, performance and function are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 0141.11 081 10-2 2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended by this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following: a. Exterior Doors: 14-gage. b. Pairs of Interior Doors: 14-gage. C. Single Interior Doors over 36" Wide: 14-gage. d. All Other Frames: 16-gage. 1. Type: Mitered corners, fully welded frames. Knock -down type frames are not permitted. 2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below. 4. Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb, equally spaced. 5. Jamb Anchors: a. Wood or Metal Stud Construction: Stud anchors, four (4) per jamb, securely welded to back of frames. b. Masonry Construction: Corrugated or other deformed type, adjustable anchors, four (4) per jamb. c. Existing Construction: Expansion anchors, four (4) per jamb. Provide 3/8"x4" long FH Dynabolt or equal approved by the frame manufacturer. 6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO, (303) 382-7930. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors. 2.03 FIRE -RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Doors and Frames: Manufacturer's standard door and frame construction for fire -rated assemblies. Refer to the Drawings for UL label requirements. 2.04 PROFILES A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 5-3/4" deep, double -rabbeted, with 7/16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construction, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth. 1. Head Sections: Provide 4" head sections for frames where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Frames at 4" Framing: 2" wide x 6 1 /4" deep, double rabbeted with 7/16" returns. B. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the Drawings. 0141.11 081 10-3 Sinnett Builders, Inc. PROJECT OWNER Homestead Park City of Fort Collins Seneca Liquors Tenant Finish Schrader Oil Company Animal Hospital of the Rockies Zeus Properties, LLC Centennial High School Poudre School District Big D Warehouse Big "D" Properties * Denotes Construction Management \ General Contractor Others - General Contractor by Bid ARCHITECT The Architect Studio Architecture West Architecture West Slauter Paull Architect CCMK Architects & Planners END OF WORK IN PROGRESS % COMPLETION CONTRACT COMPLETE DATE 610,164 22 05/03 47,315 42 11/02 98,002 80 11 /02 Amount Pending Amount Pending Sinnett Builders Inc. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1 /8" at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms. Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1 /8" in 2". 2. Finished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Form moulded members straight and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams. Leave seams invisible or weld, fill and grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction. 4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge, continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom. Inner frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled. 5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members, same as specified above. 6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors. 7. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish. 8. Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible. 9. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute re- quirements and recommendations. 1. Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination -type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. 2. Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T-joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush. 3. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed, in true alignment and fastenings concealed. 4. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. 081 10-4 0141.11 a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware. Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface -applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. 5. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate. a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 6. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8" anchor bolts. 7. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each interior single door frame. Space equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers. Delete silencers where door jamb gaskets or continuous weatherstripping are specified in Section 08700. 8. Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 9. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below. 2.06 FINISHES A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence. Follow with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc - chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro-galvanized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. B. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a hot -dipped galvanized process in accordance with ASTM A525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. C. Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings, noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340. D. For welded frames, provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored. In place of spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings. 0141.11 081 10-5 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specified in Section 06200, - Finish Carpentry. B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors into walls, or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified. Where frames require ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as indicated or as required by site conditions. _ C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". Ensure frames are accurately and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction. D. Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction; foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction, and frames in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly. E. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation. F. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat. G. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors, sidelites, and transoms, where scheduled. H. Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15, into hollow metal doors and/or frames, if applicable. Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and anchorages. I. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing. Refer to Section 09900, Painting. END OF SECTION 0141.11 081 10-6 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard and fire -rated type solid -core flush wood doors, for installation in hollow metal frames. B. Factory finish wood doors, if specified. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 5. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements and recommendations of applicable sections of the following standards: 1 . AWI: Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute. 2. NWMA Industry Standard I.S. 1-78: Wood Flush Doors. 3. ASTM E90: Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 4. ASTM E152: Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 5. ASTM E413: Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class. 6. NFPA 80: Fire Doors and Windows. 7. NFPA 252: Standard Methods for Fire Assemblies. 8. UL 10(b): Fire Tests for Door Assemblies for Neutral Pressure. 9. UL 10(c): Fire Tests for Door Assemblies for Positive Pressure. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature indicating door core materials and construction, veneer species, types, characteristics and factory finishing, if applicable. B. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings illustrating door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, special blocking, bevels or undercuts where required, and cut-outs for glazing and louvers. D. Samples: 1. Submit two (2) samples of typical door construction for each type of door specified, minimum 10"x10" cut from top corner of door. 2. Submit three (3) mounted samples of door veneer, minimum 8" x 10", illustrating wood grain, veneer species, cut and match, specified stain color(s) and sheen. 0141.11 08210-1 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation and finishing instructions. Do not deliver doors until gypsum wallboard work is completed and humidity in the building has reached average relative humidity for the locality. B. Protect wood doors and frames before, during and after installation as recommended by the manufacturer. Take special care to protect doors and veneers from exposure to moisture and ultraviolet radiation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written warranty for replacing, including the cost of rehanging and refinishing, wood doors exhibiting defects in materials or workmanship, including delamination; bow, cup, warp or twist exceeding 1 /4" in any direction; telegraphing of any part of the core through to face; and deviations from NWMA or AWI tolerances, for the following period: 1. Solid -Core Flush Wood Doors: Lifetime of project. B. Manufacturer shall be responsible for advising the Architect of any conditions specified for the work of this Section, such as size of glazed opening cutouts, which may affect warranty coverage specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID -CORE WOOD DOORS A. Flush Interior Doors: Flush -faced type, 1-3/4" thick, 5-ply minimum, cross -banded, solid -core construction with specified face veneers. 1. Face Veneer: 1 /50" thickness minimum after sanding. a. Premium grade for transparent finish. 2. Veneer Species: Birch. 3. Veneer Cut: Rift cut. -- 4. Veneer Match: Book matched. 5. Assembly of Spliced Veneer on Door Face: a. Running match: Unlimited individual pieces of veneer. 6. Core Material: Particleboard. 7. Rails and Stiles: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 1-3/8". B. Fire -Rated Flush Interior Doors: Same construction as flush interior doors with specified face veneer, hot press construction. Refer to the Drawings for UL label requirements where applicable. 1. Fire door construction shall comply with requirements of ASTM E152. Installed door assembly shall comply with NFPA 80, or other standard as required by the local governing jurisdiction. C. Acoustical Performance Criteria: -- 1. Acoustic Rating for Single Door Leaf: ASTM E90 and E415, minimum STC 55; door equipped with concealed retracting bottom seal and perimeter concealed door gasketing. - 2. Acoustic Rating for Double Door Leaves in Same Frame: ASTM E90 and E413, minimum STC 64; door equipped with concealed retracting bottom seal and perimeter concealed door gasketing. 0141.11 08210-2 D. Wood Vision Lite Frames: Hardwood glazing stops as detailed on the Drawings, mitered corners. 1. Species: Birch. 2. Size(s): As shown on the Drawings. 3. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: a. UL B-1 hour, B-1-1 /2 hour, or 45-minute Label: Manufacturer's standard veneer -wrapped metal lite assembly. 4. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Areas of vision lites shall be limited as follows: a. UL B-1 hour or B-1-1 /2 hour Label: 100 sq. in. maximum. b. UL 45-minute and 20-minute Certificate: 1,296 sq. in. maximum. E. Edge Banding: Provide doors with edge strips of same species as used for face veneers, 1 /2" minimum thickness. F. Frames: Refer to paragraph 2.03 below for wood frames, if applicable. G. Adhesives: Manufacturer's standard Type 1, waterproof bonding adhesive for plys and face veneers. H. Approved Manufacturers: All doors shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 1. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc., Marshfield, WI, (715) 384-2141, as basis of design. 2. Haley Doors, Inc., 3. Ampco Products Inc., Hialeah, FL, (305) 821-5700. 4. Eggers Industries, Two Rivers, WI, (414) 793-1351. 5. Fenestra Corp., Oshkosh, WI, (414) 233-6161. 6. Graham Manufacturing, Marshfield, WI (715) 387-2581. 7. Ideal Architectural Wood Doors. 8. Southwood Door Co., Quitman, MS, (601) 776-2164. 9. VT Industries, Holstein, IA, (800) 827-1615. 10. Buell Door Company, Dallas, TX, (800) 556-0156. 1 1 . Manufacturers providing materials of same design, quality, appearance, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate solid -core and raised panel wood doors and frames in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWI Quality Standards. B. Fabricate fire -rated doors in accordance with requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). Refer to the Drawings for UL label requirements. 1. Attach UL fire classification labels to each door. 2. Fabricate paired doors so they do not require the use of either metal edges or an overlapping metal astragal to meet the UL requirements. C. Provide flush doors with 1-3/8" edge stiles of wood species to match face veneer. D. Bond stiles and rails to specified core material. Sand bonded core prior to applying crossbanding and face veneers. E. Ensure that wood doors have been properly conditioned to prevailing relative humidity prior to hanging. F. Make cut-outs and provide stops or vision lite frames for glass. G. Bevel strike edge of single -acting doors 1 /8" in 2". 0141.11 08210-3 H. Prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Factory machine doors for finish hardware in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware. 1. Hardware supplier to furnish necessary hardware templates to fabricator. 2.03 FACTORY FINISH A. Factory finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards Section 1500. Factory finish to be water based stain and ultraviolet (UV) cured polyurethane sealer to comply with EPA Title 5 guidelines for Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) emissions limitations. Finish must meet or exceed performance standard of AWI TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the conditions under which wood doors shall be installed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with fabrication until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and tolerances of all framed openings scheduled to receive new doors and frames prior to proceeding with fabrication. C. Do not begin installation until it has been determined that building conditions of temperature and humidity have been attained within requirements of the manufacturer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD DOORS A. General: Install wood doors and frames in strict accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the specified AWI Quality Standards. B. Install doors into prepared frames in designated locations. Install wood doors and frames plumb and square. C. Installation Tolerances: 1. Diagonal Distortion: 1 /8" maximum. 2. Head and Jamb Clearances: 3/32" preferred; 1 /8" maximum. 3. Meeting Stile: 1 /8" maximum. 4. Bottom Clearance at Threshold: 1 /8" preferred; 1 /4" maximum. 5. Bottom Clearance at Floor: 1 /2" maximum, measured from floor finish. D. Install finish hardware in locations designated by approved finish hardware schedule, in accordance with requirements of Section 08700. E. Doors shall be handled, installed and prepared for finishing as per manufacturer's recommendations. Fit doors accurately, leaving minimum 1 /16" clearance between door and frame at jambs and head. Undercut doors to clear floor coverings. Install plumb and true to operate freely but not loosely, without sticking or binding after being finished. F. Install wood vision lite frames and leave openings prepared for glazing as specified in Section 08800. G. Trim and case doors as detailed on the Drawings or as specified in Section 06200. 0141.11 08210-4 3.03 FINISHING OF WOOD DOORS A. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is not acceptable. B. Seal top and bottom edges, and all edges of field cuts, within 48 hours. C. Field Finished Doors: Entire surface of the door shall be fully block sanded with 150 to 180 grit sandpaper for an average of 4 to 5 minutes per side before any stain or finish is applied. Refer to Sections 09900 and 09930. D. Factory Finished Doors: Finish doors in accordance with approved sample. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Factory finished doors shall be covered and protected after hanging with the manufacturer's original poly casings, or field wrapped with minimum 4 mil poly until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 0141.11 08210-5 No Text SECTION 08380 SOUND RETARDANT DOORS AND WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install sound retardant door and window systems where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Except for the items specifically listed in this Section, finish hardware such as locksets and door closers are furnished and installed under other Sections of these Specifications. 2. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 4. Section 08200, Finish Hardware. 5. Section 09110, Lightweight Metal Framing System. 6. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard Systems. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and schedule of each door opening: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. 4. Certification by the manufacturer that the door construction utilized has been tested in accordance with ASTM E90-81 and that the STC determined in accordance with ASTM E413-73 is not less than that specified in Part 2 of this Section. 5. If fire resistance is required, certify that construction conforms to that of approved listed Underwriters' Laboratories procedure UL-10b for labeled fire doors and frames, and to NFPA 80. 6. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Used adequate numbers of skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Use a subcontractor who has been engaged in the manufacture of sound retardant door systems for at least five years immediately prior to the start of this Work, and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect. 0141.11 08380-1 Sinnott Builders, Inc. 3.5 Continued PROJECT OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACT DATE COMPLETE % BY OWN FORCES Norlarco @ CSU Norlarco Credit Union Emick, Howard & Seibert 112,861 * 01/01 13 Burlington, Erie & Niwot St. Vrain Valley School Dist. Dennis Bloemker Associates 1,059,695 02/01 18 Elementary School Remodels Talbot Site Work Everwest, LLC Vaught*Frye Architects 180,182 * 02/01 20 CSU Senate Chamber Rmdl. Colorado State University Aller-Lingle Architects 246,383 02/01 08 Talbot Building Everwest LLC Vaught*Frye Architects 692,874 * 03/01 40 The Shops @ Westwood Site Everitt Companies Northern Engineering 109,871 04/01 15 C.A.R.E. Housing @ Windtrail C.A.R.E. Housing John Dengler Architects 3,656,039 * 05101 12 Ridgewood Hills Rec. Center Melody Homes, Inc. Scheuber+Darden Architects 725,960 * 05101 30 Elementary School #20 St. Vrain Valley School Dist. LKA Partners, Inc. 5,214,991 06/01 18 St. Mary's Catholic School St. Mary's Catholic Church Faleide Architects 3,602,671 * 08/01 22 RRW Building RRW, LLC Architecture One 1,665,508 * 07/01 12 Interchange Business Park Site Interchange Bs. Park 14 Corp. Northern Engineering, Inc. 1,537,224 07/01 05 Grease Monkey RHLJBL, LLC Kenney Associates 452,497 07/01 15 Spring Creek Plaza Renovation Carlson Investments & Mgmt. Architecture One 162,250 * 11/01 22 Foothills Fashion Mall Playland Everitt Companies WN Designs 131,846 * 12/01 15 Boys & Girls Club Larimer County / Poudre School Vaught*Frye Architects 2,106,943 * 11/01 15 District Boys & Girls Club Centre for Advanced Everitt Commercial Partners Sear*Brown 780,601 * 12/01 06 Technology Site Educators Outlet Educators Outlet Architecture One 1,310,254 * 12/01 12 Everitt Stair Replacement Everitt Companies 31,813 * 01 /02 0 Norlarco Loveland Remodel Norlarco Credit Union Architectural Horizons 138,213 * 01/02 10 Norlarco Credit Union -Drake Norlarco Credit Union Conway Architects 1,325,404 * 02/02 15 Moxie Java Tenant Finish Jennifer Hunter Vaught*Frye 57,249 * 02/02 05 Stoner Building @ Preston Center Jay Stoner Vaught*Frye Architects 1,603,120 * 03/02 07 South Bus Facility Poudre School District Aller-Lingle Architects 695,440 03/02 15 Schrader's Country Store Schrader Oil Company Wickham/Gustafson 716,742 * 02/02 10 & Car Wash Austin's South Restaurant Front Range Restaurant Concepts Vaught*Frye Architects 565,653 * 02/02 10 Stoner & Co. Tenant Finish Jay Stoner Vaught*Frye 68,296 * 03/02 10 The Great Colorado Marketplace Great Colorado Marketplace, LLC Designed Structures, Inc. 4,999,407 * 06/02 05 Norlarco Head Quarters Norlarco Credit Union Architectural Horizons 336,981 * 06/02 10 Foothills Fashion Mall Bathroom Everwest WN Design 132,896 * 04/02 15 Sinnett Builders Inc. C. Except as otherwise approved in advance by the Architect, provide work of this Section designed and furnished by one manufacturer. D. Reference Standards: 1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all sound retardant doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide written signed copy of the manufacturer's standard written one-year warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN A. Design is based on using acoustical door and window systems manufactured by Overly Manufacturing Company, Greensburg, Pennsylvania 15601 (412)834-7300, and proprietary products and methods of that company may be described herein. B. Prepare complete engineering design in accordance with the dimensions and arrangements shown on the Drawings. 1. Comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Secure all required design approvals prior to submittal of data described in Paragraph 1.2 above. 3. Affix the signature and verification of the engineer on all design data submitted to the Architect. C. Design the doors to be constructed of steel sheets on both faces, internally reinforced, and having the appearance of conventional flush metal doors. D. Provide 1-3/4" thick swinging doors of a construction to achieve a minimum STC rating of 54 for each opening as listed inthe Door Schedule, complete with door frame, anchors, model H sound seals, retainers and covers, automatic door bottoms, and properly mortised cutouts for 1-1/2 pair of MCL500 cam lift hinges. 1. Raised thresholds will not be acceptable. 2. Reinforce as required to withstand operating loads. 3. Provide frames with anchors and attachments as required to transfer loads to surrounding wall construction. E. Certify to the Architect that the panel has been tested by an accredited acoustical testing laboratory using ASTM Procedure E90-90 and ASTM E413-87. 0141.11 08380-2 2.02 MATERIALS A. Construct the door systems from the following products, or equals approved in advance by the Architect. 1 . Steel plate 3/16" or greater in thickness: a. Comply with ASTM A36. 2. Steel sheets less than 3/16" in thickness: a. Comply with ASTM A607. 3. Structural shapes 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" or less in dimension: a. Comply with AISI M1020. 4. Structural shapes larger than 2-1/2" x 2-1/2": a. Comply with ASTM A36. 5. Bars, rounds, and flats: a. Comply with AISI 1018. 6. Perimeter framing members, and embedments receiving hinges or locking pins: a. Fabricate from formed steel plate shapes or rolled structural shapes. B. Seals: 1. In a separate protective carton, provide for each opening the appropriate door bottom sound seal plus composite felt/elastomer seals as required. 2. For doors with magnetic sound seals provide in a separate carton, and for each opening, vulcanized seals, magnetized strips, composite felt/elastomer door bottom sound seal, adjustable seal retainers, cover plates, threaded fasteners, and contact cement for field bonding of the magnetic seal to seal retainer. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, including levers and lock, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Assemble the work of this Section using all welded construction conforming to pertinent requirements of AWS D1-1. 2. Fabricate the work of this Section in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 3. Using templates furnished by the finish hardware supplier, make cutouts and reinforcements as required to accommodate the items being furnished and installed under other Section of these Specifications. B. Painting and Cleaning: 1. On surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly, apply paint coating or other appropriate protection approved in advance by the Architect. 2. After assembly, and prior to inspection, thoroughly clean all surfaces. 3. After inspection, and completion of repairs and revisions required by the inspection, apply a shop coat of rust -inhibitive primer to exposed surfaces where so called for on the approved Shop Drawings. 4. At exposed machine -finished surfaces, thoroughly clean and coat with a rust - preventative approved in advance by the Architect. 0141.11 08380-3 5. Finish painting will be provided under Section 09900 of these Specifications. 2.05 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Overly Manufacturing Company, Greenburg, PA, (412) 834-7300. B. IAC, Industrial Acoustics Company, Bronx, NY, (718) 931-8000. C. Krieger, IS, Mesa, AZ, (602) 834-0555. D. Security Acoustics, Culver City, CA (213) 772-1 171. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, anchoring all components level, square, firmly anchored into position, and operating in accordance with the design criteria. B. During installation at the job site: 1. Solidly pack a 12 lb. density mineral wool insulation around frames. 2. Install finish hardware items in strict accordance with the recommendations of their manufacturers. C. Pay such costs as are required, and secure a visit to the job site by a qualified representative of the manufacturer of the acoustical door systems, who shall: 1 . Inspect the completed installation; 2. Put all components of the work of this Section through at least five complete cycles of operation, verifying that each component is properly installed and properly operating, and making required adjustments to achieve optimum operation. 3. Using a mechanic's stethoscope and providing an appropriate noise tape, direct the efforts of the Contractor in adjusting sound seals for optimum efficiency and correcting improper installation of the work of this Section; and 4. State in a signed letter to the Architect that the work of this Section has been installed in complete accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Instruct the Owner's maintenance personnel regarding proper maintenance of the installed sound retardant door systems. END OF SECTION 0141.11 08380-4 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems, complete with sidelights, transom lites and boxed -bay units, finish hardware and all items necessary for a complete installation. B. Furnish and install aluminum storefront framing for fixed windows, complete with glazing stops and all items necessary for a complete installation. C. Furnish and install operable aluminum window units, complete with hardware, glazing stop, weatherseals and all items necessary for a complete installation as a part of the aluminum storefront system. D. Install hardware supplied by Section 08700. E. Furnish and install perimeter weatherstripping. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 2. Section 08700, Finish Hardware (other than specified in this Section). 3. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to applicable portions of the following standards: 1. ASTM B221: Aluminum alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes and tubes. 2. FS TT-C-494: Coating compound, bituminous, solvent type, acid -resistant. 3. FS TT-S-00230: Sealing compound, elastomeric type, single component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures). 4. NFRC, National Fenestration Rating Council: Air infiltration. B. Windows and framing systems shall carry the label of AAMA, American Architectural Manufacturers Association. C. Insulated glass units shall be certified by SIGMA, Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association. D. Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years experience in the manufacture of the specific systems and components required by this Section. E. Materials shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the manufacturer or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products. F. Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems shall be designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards: 1. Perpendicular load of 5 psf. 0141.11 08410-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all system components. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating pertinent dimensioning, component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, fabrication and installation details. C. Samples: Submit one (1) minimum 6" long sample representative of each type of framing system specified for approval by the Architect. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original packaging complete with installation instructions. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard two (2)-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, as well as leakage, air or water infiltration and system failure. Additionally, door corner construction shall be warranted for the life of the door against structural failure under normal use conditions. B. Refer to Section 08800 for warranty requirements for hermetically sealed insulated glass units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. Frames: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063-TS, ASTM B221, 1-3/4" wide x 4-1/2" deep profile, shear block fabrication capable of 1 " glazing with integral glass pockets for flush glazing without applied stops. Provide 4" high head section where indicated on the Drawings. 1. Thermal lock framing by Tubelite, Inc., finish as specified, or to match existing, as basis of design. 2. Double -glazed as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Doors: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063-TS, ASTM B221, 1-3/4" thick with 4" vertical stiles, 4" top and 6-1/2" bottom rails, minimum 1 /8" wall thickness, single -and double - glazing as scheduled, tempered safety glass secured with snap -in type glass stops and EPDM elastomeric glazing splines. 1. Medium Stile Series manufactured by Kawneer, Inc., with same finish as frames. 2. Hinge Type: Sliding. C. Accessories: Provide filler panels at column enclosures, angled corners and elsewhere as required to complete installation. 1. Fillers to be integral with frames, snap -in construction, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Aluminum break metal will not be acceptable for filler panels. D. Fasteners: All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel or zinc -plated steel in accordance with ASTM A164. E. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800. Furnish all fixed storefront sections and doors with sealed double glazing units. 0141.11 08410-2 F. Finish: All aluminum storefront framing systems, doors and integral hardware shall be manufacturer's standard anodized aluminum finish, architectural Class 1. 1. Color: To be determined. G. Hardware: Fabricator shall furnish the following hardware items as a part of the storefront systems. Finishes shall match specified finish for aluminum storefront framing and entrances. Refer to Schedule at end of this Section for hardware to be supplied by this Section. 1 . Hinges/Roller/Track: Tubelite/McKinney as recommended by the manufacturer for application. 2. Door Pull Plate: Flush pull -in door. 3. Deadbolt: Hook bolt -type deadlock/latch with lever trim, Adams Rite MS + 1890 with 4560 lever or equal. 4. Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Door Sweep: Manufacturer's standard. 6. Threshold: Manufacturer's standard, handicapped accessible. 7. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware furnished by others. Fabricator of aluminum entrances and storefronts shall be responsible for furnishing finish hardware necessary for a complete and operational installation, whether specifically itemized or not. H. Design Performance Criteria: Provide complete installed systems meeting or exceeding the following criteria: 1. Air Infiltration (Storefront Framing Systems): Not to exceed .06 cfm/sq. ft., when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at 6.24 psf pressure. Air infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 2. Air Infiltration (Entrance Doors): Not to exceed .50 cfm/lin. ft. of perimeter for single doors, 1.0 cfm/lin. ft. of perimeter for pair of doors, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at 1.567 psf pressure. Air infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 3. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water entry, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at 8.0 psf static pressure. 4. Thermal Performance: Not greater than .54 BTU/hr./sq. ft./degree F, AAMA 1503.1-1980. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor (Glass): Not less than 56, AAMA 1503.1- 1988. 6. Condensation resistance Factor (Framing Systems): Not less than 70, ASTM C236-89 and AAMA 1503.1-1988. 7. Thermal Transmittance -Construction: U = 65. 8. Structural Performance: Maximum allowable deflection of L/175 of the span, but not exceeding 3/4". 9. Thermal Movement: Provide systems capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting from ambient temperature range of 120°F, that could cause a metal surface temperature range of 180' within the framing system. 10. Also refer to paragraph 1.03, Design Criteria above. I. Approved Systems and Manufacturers: 1. Kawneer, Inc., Norcross, GA, and represented in Aurora, CO, (719) 550-9331, as basis of design. 2. Thermal Lock Framing by Tubelite, Inc., Reed City, MI, (616) 832-221 1 . 3. Manko Window Systems Inc., Manhattan, KS, and represented in Commerce City, CO, (303) 853-9643. 0141.11 08410-3 4. Manufacturers providing materials and components of same design, function, - performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Manufacturers shall submit product literature, independent test reports and representative sample demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this Section. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum doors and storefront framing to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation. Provide for thermal movement. B. Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit door and frame assemblies in place. C. Accurately and rigidly fit together joints and corners. Match components ensuring continuity of line and design. Ensure that joints and connections are flush, hairline and weathertight. D. Provide weeps to allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to the exterior. E. Provide for hardware, including required internal reinforcing. F. Apply one (1) coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. G. Glazing shall be by means of an interior, fixed glazing gasket and an exterior glazing wedge of high quality extruded elastomeric material. H. Thermal Barrier: Reusable type non-metallic clips made from weatherable DuPont Delrin acetal resin or equal. Clips that must be broken in order to reglaze are unacceptable. 2.03 COORDINATION WITH RELATED WORK A. Fabricator to coordinate work of this Section with work of Section 08460, Automatic Entrance Doors, to extent possible for uniformity of fabrication and appearance. B. Fabricator to coordinate work of this Section with work of Section 08520, Aluminum Windows, to extent possible for uniformity of fabrication and appearance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the conditions under which work is to installed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory dimensions or conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of conditions. B. Field verify dimensions affecting work of this Section prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that openings have been properly sized, framed and prepared for installation of the aluminum storefront framing systems. D. Ensure that accessories and flashings have been properly installed to divert moisture to the exterior of the building. E. Ensure that aluminum entrance and storefront systems have been properly coordinated with finish hardware items furnished by others, including compatibility of electric strikes with panic devices. 0141.11 08410-4 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install aluminum windows, entrances and storefront framing systems in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Ensure that assemblies are properly aligned, plumb, level and free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignments with adjacent work. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Comply with requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101-85. B. Install with sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten door and frame assemblies in place. C. Maintain required clearances and allow for expansion and contraction of materials. D. Install sidelights, transom lites and fixed window lites in accordance with workmanship and installation requirements of Section 08800. E. Drill and tap frames and doors, and install hardware in accordance with the manu- facturer's recommendations, using proper templates. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Refer to Section 08700 for installation requirements and Part 4 of this Section for hardware schedules. F. Install operable window units as a part of the aluminum storefront system using manufacturer -furnished hinges, operators and other hardware. Coordinate installation with installation of glazing specified in Section 08800. Install screens in all operable window units. G. Install weatherstripping for all storefront system framing, doors and operable window units. H. Leave installation of aluminum storefront systems prepared to receive sealants, specified in Section 07900. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. B. Thoroughly clean the complete system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to anodized finishes. C. Protect work from potential damage from other trades until completion of construction. D. Final glass cleaning shall be provided by the Contractor as specified in Section 01710. PART 4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Group AA Entrance/Exits — Single Doors Top panel guide. Bottom panel caster. Deadbolt lock. Edge pull. Face pull (each side). Balance of hardware furnished by Section 08700. END OF SECTION 0141.11 08410-5 No Text SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish finish hardware for interior doors, other than specified in specific door Sections. B. Furnish specialty finish hardware items. C. Furnish keys in keyed groups as indicated, and deliver keys to Owner as specified. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Limitations on substitute products. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 5. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer. 6. Division 16, Electrical: Card -key access systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ANSI Al 15.2: Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1- 3/4" Doors. 2. ANSI Al 15.4: Door and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts. 3. ANSI All5.9: Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single - Acting. 4. ANSI A156.1: Butts and Hinges. 5. ANSI Al56.2: Locks and Lock Trim. 6. ANSI Al56.4: Door Controls (Closers). 7. ANSI Al 56.6: Architectural Door Trim. 8. ANSI Al 17.1-1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 9. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule of each type of hardware required for job in accordance with Section 01340, indicating door location, type, quantity required, style, finish and keying group. B. Templates: Supply hardware templates to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, and respective Sections of Divisions 8 and 13 prior to hardware installation. C. Provide manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied and necessary tools required for proper maintenance of hardware. 0141.11 08700-1 Sinnett Builders, lnc. 3.5 Continued PROJECT DATE % BY OWN OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACT COMPLETE FORCES Turning Leaf Art Gallery Trails Down, LLC N/A 28,265 * 05/02 50 Timnath Elem. Add. & Electrical Poudre School District CCMK Architects 994,813 06/02 05 Remodel Registry Ridge Pool & Club US Homes Vaught*Frye Architects 1,057,842 * 06/02 10 Curves-Transnation-Neilsons Everitt Companies Greg D. Fisher 78,011 * 06/02 20 Westfield Pool Pool of Dreams, LLC Wickham/Gustafson 351,955 * 07/02 10 Angelina's Bakery Everwest WN Design 92,508 * 07/02 10 Transnation/Nielsens/Curves Everett Companies Greg D. Fisher 78,011 * 07/02 15 Estes Park Medical Center Estes Park Medical Center H & L Architecture, LTD. 43,386 09/02 10 Youth Activity Center Everitt Companies N/A 20,755* 10/02 15 * Denotes Construction Management \ General Contractor ** Denotes Structural Subcontract Others - General Contractor by Bid END OF PROJECTS COMPLETED IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS Sinnett Builders, Inc. 1.04 KEYING A. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock. B. Provide two (2) master keys for each master keyed group. C. Provide two (2) grand master keys, if required. D. Master Key Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. Key entire building to Owner's existing Master key system. 2. Key all studio doors together. E. Master Card KeyAccess Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. All exterior and corridor doors. F. Individual Key Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. Offices, where specified to be locked. G. Stamp or engrave each key with appropriate keying designation (MASTER, 1 AA, 2AA, etc.). When keys are turned over to Owner at completion of the project, secure keys with same keying designation on same ring, one (1) ring for each keying designation. H. Deliver keys to the Owner as specified in paragraph 1.06.13. below. 1.05 HARDWARE FUNCTIONS - CYLINDER LOCKS (BHMA) A. F-75 (410) Passage Latch: Latchbolt operated by knob from either side at all times. B. F-76 (420) Privacy Lock: Latchbolt operated by knob from either side. Outside knob locked by push button inside and unlocked by emergency key from outside or rotating knob from inside. C. F-81 (451) Office or Entry Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob is locked by turn button in inside knob. When outside knob is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. Turn button must be manually rotated to unlock outside knob. D. F-84 (455) Classroom Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. E. F-86 (457) Storeroom/Utility Space Door Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob.. Outside knob is always fixed. F. F-91 Door Locks: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key from both sides. G. Deadlocks: _. 1. E-2141: Deadbolt operated by key from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. 2. E-2151: Deadbolt operated by key from outside and turn button from inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Neatly and securely package hardware items and identify for individual location and use. B. Keys shall be delivered directly to the Owner by certified mail, unless arranged otherwise at the Pre -Construction Conference or by subsequent written direction from the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 08700-2 0141.11 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH HARDWARE A. General: Furnish hardware items of the type, function, quality and quantity to meet the requirements of this Section and for a complete and operational installation. Products listed are indicative of the design, grade, construction, size and type to be used by the listed manufacturer. Alternate products of same quality, function, performance and design are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 1. Hinges: Stanley, Bommer, Hager or Mont -Hard. 2. Closers: LCN, Norton or Dorma. 3. Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line: Corbin Russwin, Sargent or Schlage. 4. Deadbolts: Corbin Russwin, Sargent or Schlage. 5. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Pemko, Reese, Zero or Master Manufac- turers or Barrier Systems by Hager. 6. Trim, Stop and Holders: Hager, Trimco, Rockwood, Quality or Master Manufac- turers. 7. Panic Sets: Corbin, Sargent, Dorma or Von Duprin. 8. Door Gaskets and Sweeps: Pemko, Reese, Zero, National Guard Products Inc. or Barrier Systems by Hager. 9. Manufacturers furnishing finish hardware items of the same function, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding except where restricted in Section 01600 or elsewhere in this Section. B. Consistency: Hardware lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer, at a minimum to the extent scheduled: 1. All closers shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 2. All cylinders, locksets and passage sets for hollow metal or wood doors shall be by the same manufacturer and of the same finish, unless otherwise indicated. Coordination of keying shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier for these items. 3. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. C. Handing: Handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier, to be reviewed by the Architect as a part of the Hardware Schedule submittal. D. Special Requirements: 1. All hinges shall be ball -bearing type, unless otherwise indicated. Provide non - removable pins in all hinges of exterior outswinging doors. 2. All cores of cylinder locksets shall be interchangeable, unless otherwise specified. 3. Provide concave -shaped wall stops where scheduled with privacy -type push button locksets. Use convex -shaped wall stops elsewhere. 4. Where kickplates are specified for only one side of each door leaf, install on active side, or as recommended by the supplier. 5. Closers shall be provided with hold -open capability, except where part of a fire - rated door assembly. 0141.11 08700-3 6. Closers shall be parallel arm type for push side applications, and mounted on the room side of all doors where possible. Regular arm type closers are acceptable for pull side applications. E. Accessibility: Door hardware shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A117.1, current edition, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for handicapped accessibility, and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. (edit as necessary) 1. All doors shall have lever trim as scheduled in this Section. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Refer to paragraph 2.01.A. above for approved manufacturers for specific types of finish hardware. 2. Baldwin Brass, San Bruno, CA, (415) 588-8480. 3. Bommer, Landrum, SC, (800) 334-1654. 4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Charlotte, NC, (800) 543-3658. 5. Dorma Architectural Hardware, Reamstown, PA, (800) 523-8483. 6. Glynn -Johnson, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 613-8940. 7. Hager Companies, St. Louis, MO, (800) 325-9995. 8. Ilco Unican, Winston Salem, NC, (800) 849-8324. 9. LCN, Princeton, IL, (800) 526-2400. 10. Pemko, Ventura, CA, (800) 283-9988. 11. Schlage Lock Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 264-5300. 12. The Stanley Works, New Britain, CT, (800) 337-4393. 13. Trimco, Los Angeles, CA, (323) 262-4191. 14. Von Duprin, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 897-9944. 15. Weiser Lock, Tuscon, AZ, (800) 677-5625. 16. Kwik Set Corp., Anaheim, CA, (800) 327-5625. 17. Manufacturers providing products of same quality, function, performance, design and finishes are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 2.02 HARDWARE DESIGNS AND FINISHES A. General: Design of finish hardware shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 2.01 above. B. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty, commercial grade hardware. 1. Sargent 10 Line key -in -lever handle as basis of design. C. Commercial Grade Trims: 1. Lever trim: LL by Sargent or equal. D. Panic Set Trims: FLW Design by Sargent or equal. E. Commercial Line Finish: US26D, Satin Chromium. F. Threshold Finish: Mill finish cast or extruded bronze. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE ITEMS A. Approved models and manufacturers, as basis of design: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line: Sargent Line 10 with lever handle as scheduled, 2- 3/4" backset, 3-3/4" backset at acoustic door. 2. Hinges: Stanley or Hager BB1279, steel, full -mortised, 5-knuckle ball bearing, 4- 1/2" x 4-1/2", NRP. 3. Deadbolts: - a. Commercial Line: Schlage B-600 Series, Heavy Duty. 08700-4 0141.11 4. Closers: LCN 4000 Series, with full molded cover. Provide delayed -action option where scheduled. 5. Self -Actuating Closers, Fusible -Link Type: LCN 4010, with full molded cover and fusible -link arm. a. Provide for minimum 140' hold -open. b. Provide for manual operations by pushing door in closed direction. 6. Push Plates/Pull Bars: Master Manufacturing M-604 x M-163, 8". 7. Saddle Thresholds: Pemko 271 A-5, flat, or Reese S483AV-5" with integral vinyl stop. All thresholds shall be handicapped accessible. 8. Transitional Ramp Threshold: Pemko 259A, 6" long, or assembly as required for height of transition. Provide closed ends if assembly projects more than 6" from face of wall. 9. Door Shoes/Sweep: Pemko 217 AV extruded aluminum with vinyl insert for 1- 3/4" doors. Verify compatibility with specified threshold. 10. Sweep: Pemko 307AV. 11. Door Smoke Gaskets: Pemko S88D. 12. Wall Stop: Ives 407. Use wall -type, unless door position requires otherwise. 13. Floor Stop: Ives 438. 14. Door Bottom: Pemko 317AN. Mount with neoprene bulb under door if conditions permit. 15. Door Soundproofing at Head/Jambs: Pemko 31913N. B. Furnish hardware items as listed in Schedule at the end of this Section, complete to the function intended. C. Furnish all accessory hardware items as required for a complete installation, including strikes and anchorage devices. D. Coordinate specialty hardware. 2.05 SPECIALTY FINISH HARDWARE A. Electric Strike at Card -Key Access: Von Duprin Series 6000 only, rated for continuous duty. Hardware supplier shall verify compatibility with the selected entry doors. B. Acoustic door hardware to be furnished by acoustic door manufacturer; acoustic door hardware shall accept primus type exterior core. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the doors, frames and other substrates that are to receive finish hardware and notify the Contractor of any existing condition that will be detrimental to the successful installation and performance of the hardware. Do not install hardware until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Ensure that door cutouts or bores for hardware and frame cutouts for strike plates are properly aligned. C. Ensure that the Owner's existing security alarm, automatic locking or other communicating systems tied to the door hardware have been bypassed prior to commencing work. These systems shall remain powered for all doors not affected by new work. D. Do not install finish hardware until doors, frames and other substrates have been painted, stained or otherwise finished as specified in other Sections. 0141.11 08700-5 3.02 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. B. Mounting Heights: Maintain following mounting heights for doors, from finished floor to center line of hardware item: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: 40", unless special height requirements are specified elsewhere. 2. Pulls and Push Plates: 39". 3. Deadlocks: 48". C. Verify compliance of mounting heights with ANSI A117.1-1992 and ADA-1990 requirements. D. Contractor shall ensure that proper blocking has been provided for all wall -mounted hardware in gypsum wallboard partitions, particularly door stops. E. Reconnect existing security alarm, resident call, automatic locking or other communi- cating systems which have been altered or disconnected for work of this Section. Test in the presence of the Owner's principal representative to verify proper operation. Systems shall be tied into new doors of the same function, unless otherwise indicated. F. Ensure proper operation of all finish hardware items. Adjust alignments as necessary for smooth operation. 3.03 HARDWARE FURNISHED TO OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 08210, Wood Doors: 1. Hardware supplier to provide templates to door fabricator. B. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: 1 . Hardware supplier to provide templates to storefront door fabricator. 3.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. General: While the following Hardware Schedule is intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the project and establish a type and standard of quality, it shall be the specific responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to examine the Drawings and Specifications and furnish proper hardware for all openings, whether listed or not. _ If there are any omissions in the hardware groups, the hardware supplier shall notify the Architect prior to bid opening for instructions; otherwise, the list will be considered complete. No extras will be allowed by the Owner or the Architect. B. It is intended that the following groups be complete in the coverage of required items, but it is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to furnish finish hardware necessary for a complete installation, particularly in regard to fire -rated doors. Where items are referred to in the singular, they shall be furnished in numbers sufficient for a complete installation. C. Every attempt has been made to coordinate the finish hardware items between each - other and with doors, etc. to which they are to be installed. It is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to ensure the compatibility of the finish hardware supplied with both related hardware items and the doors, etc. to which they are to be used. D. Hardware Notes: 1. Ea. refers to each leaf. 2. LH refers to left-hand leaf only. - 3. RH refers to right-hand leaf only. 08700-6 0141.11 4. All other handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier. PART 4 SCHEDULE 4.01 HARDWARE GROUPS Group A Aluminum Storefront Entrances 1 ea. Deadbolt cylinder, unless furnished by aluminum storefront manufacturer. 1 ea. Signage to read: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS. Balance of hardware furnished by aluminum storefront manufacturer. Group B Corridor to Office/Hall 1 /1 /2 pr. Hinges 1 ea. Card key access 1 ea. Electric strike as required for card key access 1 ea. Closer 2 ea. Kickplates 1 ea. Stop 1 set Smoke gaskets Group C Office 1-1/2 pr. Hinges 1 ea. Lockset, F-81, with lever trim 1 ea. Wall stop Group D Studio Door 1-1/2 pr. Hinges 1 ea. Lockset, F-75 1 ea. Wall stop with hold open 1 ea. Kickplate 1 set Smoke gaskets Group E Sump Pump 1-1/2 pr. Hinges 1 ea. Lockset, F-86 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Stop 1 ea. Kickplate 1 set Smoke gaskets Group F Corridor 1-1/2 pr. Hinges 1 ea. Lockset, F-75 1 ea. Closer, with delay action 1 ea. Wall stop 1 ea. Kickplate 0141.11 08700-7 Group G Exterior Studio Door 1 ea. Lockset, F-81 with 3-3/4" backset, with primus core to match existing (coordinate with owner's representative) Balance of hardware by door manufacturer, hardware supplier to coordinate with door manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08700-8 0141.11 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install glass and glazing for aluminum entrances and storefront systems. B. Furnish and install glass and glazing for wood and hollow metal doors. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Glazed vision lites. 2. Section 08210, Wood Doors: Glazed vision Lites. 3. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. Factory Sealed Insulated Glass Units: ASTM E774-84a, Standard Specifications for Sealed Insulating Glass, when tested in accordance with ASTM E773-83, Standard Test for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass. 2. FS DD-G-4151 C: Glass, Plate, Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Uses. 3. FS DD-G-1403B: Glass, Plate (Float), Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tempered. 4. FS TT-S-001543: Sealing Compound, Silicone Base (for caulking and glazing in buildings and other structures). 5. NAAMM #SS-1 B-68: Non -Skinning Resilient Preformed Compounds -Tapes, Ribbons, Beads with Release Paper. 6. Sigma #67-7-2: Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 7. Uniform Building Code, current edition: Wind exposure classification. B. Manufacturer: Certified by the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). C. Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. D. Design Criteria: 1. Horizontal: as required by the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications for factory sealed insulated glass units, all glass with special coatings or film and opaque spandrel glass, unless glazing is part of submittal by manufacturer of doors specified elsewhere. B. Samples: Submit minimum 12" x 12" samples of specified types of glass for approval of the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Schedule glass deliveries to coincide with glazing schedules. B. Deliver glass to the site in manufacturer's original, sealed cartons. C. Support cases on both sides when stored vertically. 0141.11 08800-1 D. After unpacking, place interleaving protection between individual lites. Keep glass and -_- interleaving dry by storing inside where temperatures are above dewpoint. If outside storage is necessary, cover the glass and interleaving with opaque tarpaulins or plastic and inspect periodically. E. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. F. Stack individual lites on edge and lean against sturdy supports at a slope of 5-71 from vertical. Cushion the bottom edges with soft, firm pads free of dirt, grit, glass chips or other foreign material. G. Avoid rotating or cartwheeling factory sealed insulated glass units over their corners. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 401 F. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Coated Glass Products: Provide manufacturer's written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. B. Tempered Glass: Provide manufacturer's written warranty signed by glass - manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacement for those laminated glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. _ C. Insulating Glass: Provide manufacturer's written warranty signed by manufacturer for insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only -- deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. 0141.11 08800-2 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS AND GLAZING A. General: Furnish all types and thicknesses of glass shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to install tempered glass and wire glass at all locations where required by current codes. Advise Architect of any locations or conditions where these requirements will apply where not already shown on the Drawings. B. Aluminum Storefront Glass: 1. Hermetically Sealed, Insulated Glass Units: PPG Solargray tinted coated glass, gray color on #2 surface of outer pane of 1 /4" glass and inner pane of 1 /4" glass, clear, with 1 /2" dead air space as basis of design. Glass to be tempered at locations required by current codes. C. Wired Glass: Polished both surfaces with square or diamond stainless steel wire mesh, 1 /4" thick, clear. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Plate or Float Glass, Tempered Glass and Insulated Glass Units: a. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. (PPG), Pittsburgh, PA, and represented in Denver, CO, (303) 534-6241. b. Libby -Owens -Ford (LOF), Toledo, OH, (419) 247-4892. C. Spectrum Glass Products, Inc., Clinton, NC, (919) 591-7101. d. Interpane Glass Company, Clinton, NC; (800) 334-1797. 2. Wired Glass: Hordis Brothers, Inc., Pennsauken, NJ. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same appearance, function and perfor- mance are acceptable. 2.02 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. D. Glazing Gaskets: Extruded or neoprene molded fabricated into frames with molded corners, ASTM C542. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side -walking). F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, non - extruding, non-outgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of density, size, and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. G. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl type, NAAMM SS-1 B-68, with integral spacing devices, 10-15 durometer hardness, paper release, by Kawneer or equal. 1. Color: Clear or white for painted wood or hollow metal frames; dark bronze for bronze aluminum frames. H. Silicone Sealer: Clear GE Silicone Sealer or equal. I. Glazing Putty: Dap or equal. 0141.11 08800-3 Sinnett Builders Inc. RESUME DENNIS SINNETT Principal in Charge EDUCATION: Graduated from High School in 1960. BACKGROUND Mr. Sinnett is Principal in Charge of Sinnett Builders, Inc. which he founded in 1973. He has worked in the construcion industry almost all his life, combining over 15 years of field experience with almost three decades of management knowledge. RELATED EXPERIENCE: A Principal in Charge, Mr. Sinnett's primary duty is the daily administration of the company's employees and construction projects. He oversees the general management of the office and performs other business administration tasks. Most of his time is committed to business development. Sinnett Builders, Inc. has completed more than 800 major construction projects under his supervision, with approximately half of those being negotiated with new and repeat clients. Mr. Sinnett does conceptual and budget estimating, along with project development through city, county and state level processes. He many times establishes and coordinates design - development teams for clients, depending on their individual needs. He also has assisted in the financial side of the projects, working with clients to create pro -forma estimates, loan qualifications, and tax benefits. Mr. Sinnett oversees the team of project managers and estimators, and observes the progress and cost evaluations on each project. He also has direct contact with all field supervisors, making on -site visits and tending field coordination meetings on a weekly basis. OTHER COMITMENTS Outside the Sinnet Builders, Inc., he is also on the Board of Directors of First National Bank of Longmont and has partnerships in land development and buildings in the Northern Colorado Area. PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION MEMBERSHIPS/AFFILIATIONS: Fort Collins Chamber of Commerce Colorado State University Construction Department Boys and Girls Club of Larimer County Fort Collins Country Club Sinnett Builders inc. 2.03 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required for glazed openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the glass and glazing is to be installed and report any conditions in writing to the Contractor which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin the glazing installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean glazing channels, stops and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances which might impair the work. 1. Remove protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. 2. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. 3. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Verify site dimensions of all tempered or other glazings that cannot be field cut prior to ordering. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Unpack the glass from cases in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Do not move partially unpacked cases or "end pick" individual lites. B. Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to start of installation. 1. Do not install items which are improperly sized, have damaged edges or are scratched, abraded or damaged in any other manner. C. Prevent contact of surfaces of individual lites; do not slide one lite over another. D. Installation personnel shall wear gloves, safety shoes, hard hats and glazing gauntlets at all times during the handling and installation of the glass. E. Protection: Completely cover glass during spray painting, texturing or other construc- tion operations that might cause damage to glass. Complete clean down of masonry shall be completed prior to installation. 3.03 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Ensure that concrete surface treatments, including sand or water blasting, grouting and waterproofing, have been completed prior to glazing of openings in the structural precast concrete wall panels. 0141.11 08800-4 3.04 INSTALLATION OF GLASS AND GLAZING A. General: All glazing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1 . Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 2. Glazing channel dimensions shall provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thickness, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by site conditions during installation. B. Glazing of fixed hollow metal windows, aluminum windows and aluminum storefront systems shall be done from the inside of the building. Glazing shall be performed using the dry -pressure preformed glazing channel method, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 1 . Glazing of fixed hollow metal or wood door vision lites shall be done from the "secure" side of the room or space. C. Clean surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry. Cut glazing channel to proper length and install on glass pane. Weld joints by butting channel and dabbing with sealant. D. Locate setting blocks at sills 1 /4 of the width of the glass in from each end of the glass, unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 1. Use blocks of proper size to support the glass in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, to separate glass from stops, except where continuous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. a. Locate spacers no more than 24" apart and no closer than 12" to a corner. b. Place spacers opposite one another. C. Make bite of spacer on glass 1 /4" or more. E. Set glass in a manner which produces the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. 1 . Install glass so distortion waves, if present, run in the horizontal direction. 2. Install glass with special coatings as required for proper performance and to meet the design intent. F. Do not use two different glazing materials in the same joint system, unless the joint use is approved in advance by the Architect. G. Mask or otherwise protect surfaces adjacent to installation of sealants. H. Miter -cut and seal the joints of glazing gaskets in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, to provide watertight and airtight seal at corners and other locations where joints are required. I. Replacement Glazing in Renovation/Restoration Projects: Install replacement glass in existing wood and/or steel sashes where existing glass is cracked, broken or missing. All undamaged historic glass shall remain in place. Coordinate with the Architect on site as necessary. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect installed glass with screens of plywood or plastic wherever welding, cutting, sandblasting, fireproofing, painting or other potentially damaging work is in process. B. Do not mark glass with X or other identity symbol after glazing. C. Final clean all glass surfaces in accordance with Section 01710, and remove all labels. 0141.11 08800-5 END OF SECTION 0141 .1 1 08800-6 --- DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install light -gage, non -load -bearing interior metal wall stud framing systems, including framed integral openings and bracing. B. Furnish and install interior metal wall furring, channels, clips and other shapes required for a complete installation. C. Furnish and install interior metal wall furring channels, clips, or other shapes for acoustical wall assemblies. D. Furnish and install light -gage suspended ceiling and soffit framing systems, including channels, accessories and attachments required for a complete installation. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Miscellaneous metal accessories. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Deflection Criteria: All non -load -bearing metal studs shall be sized for deflections of L/240 maximum. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature illustrating all items of specified framing systems. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all non -load bearing metal framing system assemblies requiring shop fabrication, as shown on the Drawings or proposed by the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL FRAMING COMPONENTS A. General: Provide non -load -bearing metal framing materials in accordance with ASTM C645, A525, A568 and A446. B. Studs: Screw -type, C-shaped, sizes and gages as scheduled in paragraph 2.02, punched for utility access. C. Floor Runners: Match studs. D. Head Track: Match studs, with 4" head dimension for expansion/contraction slip joint, where shown on the Drawings or required for site conditions. E. Furring Members: 7/8" screw -type, hat -shaped, 25-gage. F. Cold -Rolled Channels and Hanger Wire: 1-1 /2", 16-gage. G. Z-Furring Channels: 1-1 /2", 25-gage. 0141.11 091 10-1 H. Resilient Acoustical Channels: 1 /2" x 2-1 /8" wide, one (1)-sided channels, 25-gage, for acoustical wall assemblies, supporting not more than two (2) layers of 5/8" gypsum wallboard, Model URC by Unimast, Inc., or equal. I. Fasteners and Anchorages: GA 216 and GA 203. J. Approved Manufacturers: 1. United States Gypsum Co., Chicago, IL, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 721-9394. 2. Beadex Manufacturing Co., Renton, WA, (206) 228-6600. 3. Dale/Incor Industries, Inc., Dearborn, MI, (800) 882-7883. 4. Domtar Gypsum, Ann Arbor, MI, and represented locally in Aurora, CO, (303) 695-4581. 5. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 521-4000. 6. Gold Bond Building Products, Charlotte, NC, and represented locally in Lakewood, CO, (303) 988-5005. 7. Dietrich Industries, Inc., Lenexa, KS, (913) 599-2026. 8. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. General: Provide 3-5/8" light -gage metal framing studs, 25-gage minimum, unless otherwise noted or shown on the Drawings, or specified herein. 1. Walls 9'-0" to 12'-0" high, unsupported: 6" studs, 25-gage minimum, or 3-5/8" studs, 20-gage minimum. 2.- Walls over 12'-0" high, unsupported: 6" studs, 20-gage minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Install members true to lines and levels to provide surface flatness with maximum variation of 1 /8" in 10' in any direction. B. Installation shall be completely screw attached; crimping is not allowed. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF METAL STUD SYSTEMS A. General: Install C-stud framing with specified fasteners, attached directly to substrate, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install C-stud framing vertically at maximum 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1. Frame studs to close to structural frame or roof deck above where shown on the Drawings, using specified head track for expansion/contraction slip joint. Use studs of specified depth and gage, or as required for vertical height span with maximum deflection of L/240. 0141.11 091 10-2 2. Suspend studs for lower level (basement) from floor structure above where shown on the Drawings or required by the Soils Report, using specified floor track for expansion/contraction slip joint and lateral support. 3. Refer to paragraph 2.02 above for specified stud sizes and gages. C. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install runners on each side of opening at frame head height between jamb studs and adjacent studs. 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by specific site conditions, frame door openings 3" minimum from internal wall corners. Ensure that proper door operation and clearances are maintained. Where door width does not allow this standard to be met (at ends of corridors, etc.), door openings shall be centered in the wall framing. Consult with the Architect in the field for specific conditions. D. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frame supports or attachments. E. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service utilities. Align stud web openings. F. Blocking: Bolt or screw steel channels to studs. Provide solid blocking for all recessed and surface -mounted equipment and accessories, including but not limited to: 1 . Wall -mounted finish hardware, including wall stops. 2. Cabinets and shelving systems. 3. Plumbing fixtures. 4. Electrical equipment and fixtures. G. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work which is to be placed in or behind partition framing. Allow such items to be installed after framing is complete. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR WALL FURRING SYSTEMS A. General: Install Z-furring channels with specified fasteners, attached directly to substrate, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommenda- tions. B. Install channels vertically at maximum 24" o.c. Coordinate spacing with panel width of rigid board insulation specified in Section 07210. C. Ensure that channels are installed so that rigid board insulation will span joints in precast concrete wall panels, providing uninterrupted thermal and moisture barrier for all building spaces. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FURRING SYSTEMS A. General: Install wall furring channels with specified fasteners, attached directly to substrate, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommenda- tions. B. Install 1-1/2" carrying channels horizontally, securing in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24" o.c. C. Space furring channels maximum 16" o.c. not more than 4" from floor and ceiling lines. D. Install 7/8" furring channels vertically at maximum 24" o.c. E. Install acoustical resilient channels to one (1) side of acoustical wall partitions, where shown on the Drawings, horizontally at 24" o.c. maximum. END OF SECTION 0141.11 091 10-3 0141.11 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install interior gypsum wallboard, adhesives, accessories and trim. B. Texture and finish gypsum wallboard surfaces as specified. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08210, Wood Doors. 5. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 6. Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Fire -Rated Partitions: Listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), 1-hour or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Reference Standards: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with applicable Gypsum Association (GA) publications, including but not limited to: 1. Gypsum Board Finishes: GA-214-89. 2. Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board: GA-216-89. 3. Fire -Rated Door Frames in Fire -Rated Partitions: GA-219. 4. Weather Protection: GA-220. 5. Gypsum Board Applied to Curved Surfaces: GA-226. 6. Application of Gypsum Sheathing: GA-253. 7. Application of Gypsum Board as a Roofing Substrate: GA-275. 8. Fire -Resistive Construction: GA-600-92. D. Reference Standards: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with applicable sections of the following codes and standards: 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition: Blocking and draft stops. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Texturing subcontractor shall prepare a series of minimum 24"x24" samples of each type of texture specified for approval of the Architect. B. Sample Area: Contractor shall prepare a wall/ceiling area within one room for approval of general quality and workmanship by the Owner and Architect, to include gypsum wallboard installation, taping, joint preparation, sanding and texturing. Sample area, when approved, shall be used for the standard of comparison for the balance of work. 0141.11 09260-1 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Sinnett Builders Inc RESUME TED BEERS Senior Project Manager — Corporate Secretary EDUCATION: Colorado State University, Degree in Industrial — Construction Management RELATED EXPERIENCE Ted joined Sinnett Builders in 1979 as an estimator and project manager. He has thirty years of combined experience in construction and equipment manufacturing in the Fort Collins area. A Colorado State University graduate, he has been project manager for hundreds of projects for Sinnett Builders ranging in size from $10,000 to $7,000,000. Office and Professional Facilities • 4821 Wheaton Office Building • RRW Building • Interchange Business Park Site Work • Stoner Building @ Preston Center • New York Life Tenant Finish • Markley's Saturn of Fort Collins • Berthoud National Bank • Wheeler Buildings • First State Bank • First National Bank • Poudre Health Services • Markley's GM Expansion • McLeod USA Tenant Finish • Ed Carroll Parking Lot Addition Educational Facilities • Timnath Elementary School Addition & Remodel • Educator's Outlet • CSU Lory Student Center Remodel • Front Range Community College Lab • Walnut Street Gallery • CSU Heating Plant Addition • CSU Glover Bioprocessing Lab • CSU Physiology Building • Newsome Hall • Linden Hall Churches and Religious Facilities • Morning Star Community Church • Heart of the Rockies Community Church • Church of Latter Day Saints • Trinity Lutheran Church • Is'Christian Church Addition • Harmony Presbyterian Church Professional Organization Memberships: American Institute of Constructors Fort Collins Chamber of Commerce Building Code Review Committee -City of Fort Collins Sinnett Builders Inc. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site in original unopened packages, containers or bundles with labels intact bearing type, sizes and thicknesses, brand name and name of manufacturer. B. Handle wallboard carefully to avoid abrading surfaces or edges. C. Store materials flat, under cover, on level platforms, with edges, ends and surfaces properly protected from weather, undue sagging and damage. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures at not less than 551 F for the period of 24 hours before drywall finishing, during installation and until compounds are dry. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Provide gypsum wallboard materials in 48" widths complying with FS SS-L- 30D. B. Fire -Rated Gypsum Wallboard: UL-rated, 5/8" thick, maximum permissible lengths, tapered edges. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. United States Gypsum Co. Chicago, IL, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 721-9394. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Charlotte, NC, and represented locally in Lakewood, CO, (303) 988-5005. 3. American Gypsum, Albuquerque, NM, (800) 545-6302. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with GA 216. B. Corner Beads and Edge Trim: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel beaded units with flanges for concealment in joint compound. C. Radius Corners, Coves and Special Mouldings: Aluminum or galvanized steel units with flanges for concealment in joint compound. Refer to the Drawings for specific conditions or details. 1. Beadex Drywall Accessories, Renton, WA, (800) 726-2397, or equal. D. Shims: 2" wide cardboard or paper drywall shims, for shimming wood frame construction. E. Joint Tape: Perforated or nylon mesh type, as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Joint Compound and Finishing Systems: ASTM C474 and C475, Type I and Type II, ready -mixed vinyl type for interior use. Use two (2) separate grades: one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. 1. Beaudex Drywall Accessories, Renton, WA, (800) 726-2397. 2. Hamilton Materials, Orange, CA, (714) 637-2770. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 0141.11 09260-2 G. Channels: Refer to Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing. H. Fasteners: Screws: 1. Type W bugle head, lengths as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard material for installation in wood construction. 2. Type S bugle head, lengths as recommended by manufacturers of gypsum wallboard material for installation in steel stud construction. I. Control Joints: E-Z strip vinyl expansion joint or as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard. J. Primer: Products as recommended by the manufacturer, compatible with both the gypsum wallboard and texturing materials furnished. K. Texturing: 1. Spray -Applied Texture: Light orange peel texture, USG Spray Texture Finish, or equal. L. Adhesive: Manufacturer -approved drywall adhesive, oil -based. 1. Formula 38 Drywall and Construction Adhesive, Ohio Sealants, Inc. or equal. M. Provide auxiliary materials and accessories for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the gypsum wallboard manufacturer. 2.03 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Install 5/8" fire -rated gypsum wallboard in the following locations: 1. All locations scheduled to receive gypsum wallboard. B. Refer to Section 09270 for installation of tile backer wallboard materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the wall, ceiling and soffit rough framing, and other substrates to receive gypsum drywall and the conditions under which gypsum drywall is to be installed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that wood or metal stud framing has been properly installed, providing substrates that will permit the gypsum wallboard systems to be installed creating level, smooth and flush surfaces, sharp and straight edges and corners, and plumb and even returns. 1. Install gypsum wallboard shims where necessary to remove minor variations in framing and to provide finished surfaces of specified levelness and flushness. 2. Advise Contractor to remove and replace sections of wall, ceiling or soffit framing that cannot adequately be corrected by the installation of shims. 3.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD INSTALLATION A. General: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with applicable Gypsum Association (GA) publications, including but not limited to: 1. Gypsum Board Finishes: GA-214-89. 2. Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board: GA-216-89. 3. Fire -Rated Door Frames in Fire -Rated Partitions: GA-219. 4. Weather Protection: GA-220. 0141.11 09260-3 5. Gypsum Board Applied to Curved Surfaces: GA-226. 6. Application of Gypsum Sheathing: GA-253. 7. Application of Gypsum Board as a Roofing Substrate: GA-275. 8. Fire -Resistive Construction: GA-600-92. B. Installation Method: 1. Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Wood Stud Walls: Nail and screw. 2. Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Metal Stud Walls: Screw only. 3. Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Soffits and Ceilings: Screw only. C. Refer to paragraph 3.04 for installation of expansion joints, corner and edge trims, and other miscellaneous trims. D. Tape, fill and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, openings and fixtures to produce surface ready to receive surface finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1 /32". Taping, filling and sanding is required at all locations. Apply primer coat prior to texturing. E. Tolerances: Install, tape and finish all gypsum wallboard surfaces to maintain tolerances required by the referenced standards. F. Remove and reinstall defective work. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPS A. General: The Installer shall furnish and install gypsum wallboard for miscellaneous blocking and draft stops, whether specifically indicated on the Drawings or not, including but not limited to: 1. Draft stops in soffit or other concealed spaces. 2. Blocking in wall cavities where required to isolate electrical outlet boxes, switch boxes, or other penetrations in fire -rated partitions or party walls. 3. Other areas as may be required by state or local building officials or inspectors. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS TRIMS A. General: Install specified metal corner, edge and joint trims as specified herein or shown on the Drawings, or where required by field conditions to provide a complete and finished installation. 1. Install radius corner, bullnose, cove or other special trims as specified herein or shown on the Drawings. B. Expansion Joints: Place expansion/control joints at locations as indicated on the Drawings or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joints shall not be placed at intervals greater than that recommended by gypsum wallboard manufac- turer. Coordinate locations where joints are not specifically shown with the Architect in the field prior to layout. 1. Install control/expansion joints at wall or ceilings of dissimilar materials straight and flush with surfaces. 2. Install control/expansion joints at vertical intersections where interior partition walls abut exterior walls. C. Corner Beads: Place corner beads at all external corners using longest practical lengths, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Edge and Miscellaneous Trims: Place edge trim where gypsum wallboard abuts - dissimilar materials and at reveals, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommenda- tions. Wrap all exposed edges of gypsum wallboard with specified edge or reveal trim, unless conditions allow the use of full-size corner bead trims. 0141.11 09260-4 1. Install trims at walls or ceilings of dissimilar materials straight and flush with surfaces. 2. Install trims at columns, beams or other materials protruding from the plane of the gypsum wallboard straight and accurate, with consistent tolerance of 1 /4" maximum joint width, unless otherwise shown. 3.05 PRIMING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Prime all gypsum wallboard surfaces to receive texturing and further finishing in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Use only priming materials that are compatible with the drywall and texturing materials to which they are applied. B. Application of primer coat shall occur prior to texturing, unless otherwise approved. C. Additional priming after texturing, if any, shall be provided by the painting subcontrac- tor as specified in Section 09900. 3.06 FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Apply texturing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced standards. Ensure uniform coverage and appearance, using specified equipment. Do not texture walls to receive ceramic tile, vinyl wall coverings or adhered acoustical tile ceilings. B. Spray -Applied Texture: Spray -applied texturing shall be applied with commercial truck - mounted spray equipment. Use o_f hopper -type equipment will be permitted only with the specific approval of the Architect and Owner. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove soil, stains and extraneous materials from adjacent surfaces caused by installation of drywall materials. Remove and replace materials that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned. B. Leave gypsum wallboard surfaces clean and prepared for further finish work specified in other Sections. C. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protection of the gypsum wallboard work from damage and deterioration during the remainder of the construction period. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Texturing shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency. 2. Coverage. 3. Uniformity. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). 5. Restoration and Preservation Projects: Satisfactory match to adjacent surfaces. B. Texturing which exhibits bubbles after drying shall be removed and reapplied. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09260-5 No Text SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install ceramic floor tile using thin -set method. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 3. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1 . Materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements and recommen- dations of applicable portions of the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation", current edition. 2. ANSI A108.4, Ceramic Tile Installed with Water -Resistant Organic Adhesives. 3. ANSI A118.4, Latex -Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI A136.1, Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 5. TCA 137.1, Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. B. Quality Control: All materials used for work in this Section shall be made in one (1) batch or consecutive batches to give the greatest assurance in consistency of color, texture and size. Sufficient quantities, plus replacement of material damaged due to shipping or handling, shall be produced with reserve retained by the manufacturer for no less than 90 days from date of order. C. All materials shall be shipped with clear labeling or stamping to identify batch numbers, dates of manufacture and other pertinent information. D. Installer shall employ only tile setters who are thoroughly trained and experienced in tile work for projects of similar size and complexity. Installer shall certify that the setters are completely familiar with the requirements and recommendations of the referenced standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions and recommendations, illustrating pertinent details for each type of ceramic the and accessory specified. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and/or patterns of the ceramic tile materials, within the pricing categories specified, for selection by the Architect. Include all internal and external corners, bullnose and other specialty trim units. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed cartons, with labels legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. Tile cartons shall be grade -sealed by manufacturer in accordance with ANSI A137.1, Section 9, with grade seals unbroken. 0141.11 09310-1 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient heat and ventilation in areas where work of this Section is to be performed to allow ceramic the to properly set. Take precautionary measures necessary to ensure that excessive temperature changes do not occur. B. Make necessary provisions for dust control. Use dustless operations wherever possible. C. Vent temporary heating devices directly to the outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Contractor shall furnish Owner at least one (1) unopened carton of replacement tiles in each color, size, and type used on the project. Refer to Section 01600. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CERAMIC TILE A. General: Unglazed ceramic tile, mounted -type, conforming to ANSI A137.1, Section 5, standard grade. B. Material: Standard buff body. C. Face Finish: As scheduled below. D. Edges: Cushioned, with spacer lugs on edges. E. Thickness: 5/16" minimum. F. Styles and Sizes: 1. Floor Tile: 12" x 12", Vitrastone by Dal -Tile, unglazed, non -vitreous. 2. Wall Accent Tile: 4-1 /4" x 4-1 /4", Semi -Gloss by Dal -Tile, glazed, non -vitreous. G. Tile Pricing Categories: Dal -Tile pricing categories as basis of design, or other manufacturer's comparable selections: 1. Floor Tile: Categories: 1 — 2. H. Colors: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors for material line(s) and pricing categories specified. I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dal -Tile, Dallas, TX, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 2. American Olean, Lansdale, PA, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 371-9596. - 3. Buchtal Ceramics, Roswell, GA, (404) 442-5500. 4. Crossville Ceramics, Crossville, TN, (615) 484-8418. 5. Florida Tile, Lakeland, FL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-2433. — 6. Mannington Ceramic Tile, Lexington, NC, (704) 249-3931. 7. Monarch Tile, Florence, AL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 777-6651. 8. Summitville Tile, Summitville, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744- -- 1743. 9. U.S. Ceramic Tile Co., East Sparta, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 373- 9090. _. 10. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. 0141.11 09310-2 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Mastic: Water-resistant latex solvent -based mastic CMC-52, as manufactured by Chicago Mastic Corp. or equal. B. Grout: Commercial dry -set Portland acrylic cement grout. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and application. C. Sealant for Expansion Joints: GE Silicone Sealant, white, or equal as specified in Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine surfaces that are to receive ceramic floor tile and report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with installation of materials will be construed as evidence of acceptance of conditions. B. Ensure that surfaces are level, with maximum surface variation of 1 /4" in 10'. Level as necessary prior to beginning work. C. Lay out work prior to installation to center and balance tile to greatest extent possible. Refer to Drawings for stripes,'patterns or other special layouts required. Consult with Architect on the site as necessary during layout of all ceramic tile work. D. Coordinate installation of plumbing rough -ins, prefabricated roll -in shower stalls, shower floor receptors, and other work to be built into the ceramic tile. E. Whenever possible, Contractor shall schedule installation of ceramic tile work prior to installation of plumbing fixtures, countertops, toilet partitions or accessories. F. Backsplashes: Ensure that casework and plastic laminate countertops are properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage, soiling, adhesives and extraneous materials. Take precautions to protect plumbing fixtures in the vicinity of the ceramic tile work by covering with cardboard or other protective coverings. Protect ceramic tile work from damage by weather and moisture. B. Close spaces to traffic that are to receive work of this Section and keep closed until tile is firmly set. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE A. General: Set ceramic tile in place with mastic in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Lay out tile work on floors and lengthwise on walls so that wherever possible no tiles less than half full-size will occur. For heights stated in feet and inches, unless tile work is intended to exactly fill vertical spaces, maintain courses full to produce nearest attainable height within variation, above or below, equivalent to less than one-half course. B. Align joints of wall, base and floor tile and trim shapes. Properly lay out and space work, creating required stripes, patterns or other special layouts. Install ceramic the maintaining required tolerances. C. Form intersections and returns perfectly. Do cutting and drilling of tiles neatly without marring surface. Carefully grind and joint -cut edges of tiles against any trim, finish and 0141.11 09310-3 built-in fixtures. Fit tile close around electric outlets, plumbing pipes, fixtures and fittings so that usual plates, collars or covering will overlap tile. D. Form internal wall angles of wall tile square and external angles bullnosed. E. Form internal and external angles of coved base tile bullnosed. F. Thoroughly grout all joints so they are completely filled with grout material. Ensure tile joints are uniform in width, subject to normal variance in tolerance allowed in the size. Ensure joints are watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. Pin holes in grout are not acceptable. Grout over sealant. G. Finish floors level and plumb with no variations exceeding 1 /8" in 10' from required plane. H. Finished the work shall be clean and free of pitted, chipped, cracked or scratched tiles. Replace broken tile or materials with marred surfaces to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Allow no traffic in tile -laying areas after start of work and for a period of 72 hours after completion, allowing a minimum of 72 hours to damp -cure grout. B. Clean ceramic tile work in accordance with TCA instructions and recommendations. C. Clean all mastic and grout from face of tile. All joints shall be clearly struck and polished after grouting. . D. Clean all grout from adjacent fixtures, countertops and other materials or equipment installed prior to ceramic the work. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09310-4 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install acoustical wall panels. B. Furnish and install acoustical foam wall surfaces. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Framing. 2. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 3. Section 09510, Acoustical Ceilings. 4. Section 09900, Painting. 5. Divisions 15 and 16. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications, including any test reports and other data required to show compliance with these specifications. Include manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation, cleaning and finishing acoustical units. B. Samples: Submit samples of each type of acoustical panel, material, installation and accessories for approval. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat or air conditioning is provided, dust -generating activities have terminated and overhead mechanical work is completed, tested and approved. 1. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 611 F and humidity of 25-40% prior to, during and after installation. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered in unopened packages bearing the manufacturer's name and contents. B. Materials shall be stored in a dry location, protected from the weather and physical damage. 0141.11 09500-1 Sinnett Builders Inc. RESUME JOHN SINNETT Project Manager - Vice President EDUCATION: Arizona State University, B.A. in Broadcasting, Minor in Political Science Front Range Community College, Completed UBC Code Class RELATED EXPERIENCE: John has been with Sinnett Builders since 1994 and offers many skills. He is able to take complete control over a project from negotiation, bidding and closeout. One of his many strengths is computer literacy, and also offers document control, issuing subcontracts, acquiring building permits and licenses, subcontractor coordination, and relations with owners and architects as well. John oversees that the Superintendent is performing his / her duties in the best interest of the company. He is also able to delegate authority to others in a professional manner while keeping the goal of achieving quality in a timely fashion at hand. Office and Professional Facilities • FNL Office Building • Flood & Peterson Tenant Finish • Estes park Medical Center Family Medicine Clinic Remodel • Larimer County Parks Maintenance Facility • Canyon Concert Ballet Tenant Finish • Bank One Parking Lot • Larimer County Loveland & Waverly Shops Remodel • Duff Drive Tenant Finish for Motion Industries • First State Bank Remodel • Park Maintenance Facility Educational Facilities • Harris Bilingual Elementary School Addition & Remodel • New Community Pool @ Mountain View High School • Poudre School District/Boys & Girls Club of Larimer County • St. Mary's Catholic School K-8 • Weld Central Junior / Senior High School Addition & remodel • Platte Valley High School • Berthoud High School Addition • Estes Park Elementary School • Moore & O'Dea Elementary Schools • Johnson & Lopez Elementary Schools • Poudre Team Room • UNC Career Services Remodel • Webber & Blevins Junior High School Gymnasiums • Centennial High School Water Main • Livermore Elementary Fire Egress • Dunn, Lescher & Timnath Electric • Support Services Center • Poudre R-1 Entrance • Cache La Poudre Heating Replacement Sinnett Builders Inc. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL WALL HUNG PANELS A. Acoustical Impact Resilient Wall Panels. 1. Composition: Composite core construction with rigid fiberglass of medium density laminated with a impact resistant face sheet, wrapped with fabric returned to the back for a full finished edge. 2. Edges: Resin hardened bevel edge. 3. Size: 1 1 /2" thickness, 48" x 96". 4. NRC: 1.0 minimum, ASTM C-423. 5. Flammability: Class "A", flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84. 6. Fabric: Polyester. 7. Color: The Architect shall select the final color(s) from the manufacturer's full line of colors and patterns for the specified materials. B. Accessories: 1. 2-Panel Clips: Manufacturers standard concealed mounting system, mechani- cally fastened. 2. Leveling and support angle. 3. All other materials required for a complete installation. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Wall Technology, "Rebound" from Wall Technology, Inc., Broomfield, CO, (303) 466-3700. 2. Soundsoak from Owens Corning. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of the same design, function, performance and appearance as acceptable with prior approval before bidding. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL FOAM WALL AND CEILING SURFACES A. Acoustical Foam: 1. Material: Open melamine 2. Pattern: Pyramid 3. Size: 24" x 48" 4. Thickness: 2" 5. Flammability: ASTM E-84 Class 1 6. Colors: The Architect shall select the final color(s) from the manufacturers full line of colors. 7. NRC: 0.70 minimum 8. Adhesive: As recommended by manufacturer for particular application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonex from Acoustical Surfaces, Chaska, MN, (612) 448-5323. 2. Sonex from Illbruck Architectural Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 448-7521. 0141.11 09500-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that walls are plumb and work with the dimensions of the panels. C. Wall panels should be factory prepared with cutouts for wall mounted items from architectural, electrical and mechanical. D. Verify that all wall electrical and mechanical items have been installed in the proper locations where panels are to be located. E. Ensure proper backing for panel support is installed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Wall Panels: 1. Install per manufacturers recommendations. 2. Installation shall be by concealed mechanical panel clips factory attached to the back of panels. 3. Secure wall clips to wall with mechanical fasteners only. 4. Provide for proper shimming and adjustments required to maintain consistent alignment of joints and panel faces. 5. The manufacturer shall provide repair or replacement of components not conforming to requirements of this section. 6. Installation labor for removal and replacement of product improperly installed shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Installation of Foam Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: 1. Install per manufacturers recommendations. C. Cleaning: 1. Clean exposed surfaces acoustical materials per manufacturers recommenda- tions. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired. 2. Replace any panels damaged during installation or by subsequent work at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09500-3 No Text SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install suspended metal grid system, complete with wall and bulkhead trim. B. Furnish and install lay -in acoustical panel ceiling materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 3. Division 15, Mechanical: Diffusers and other devices recessed in ceiling system. 4. Division 16, Electrical: Lighting fixtures, speakers and other devices recessed in ceiling system. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications, including any test reports and other data required to show compliance with these specifications. Include manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for cleaning and finishing acoustical units. B. Samples: Submit samples of each type of acoustical ceiling material specified, suspended metal grid and accessories for approval. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat or air conditioning is provided, dust -generating activities have terminated and overhead mechanical work is completed, tested and approved. 1. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 61 ° F and humidity of 25-40% prior to, during and after installation. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered in unopened packages bearing the manufacturer's name and contents. B. Materials shall be stored in a dry location, protected from the weather and physical damage. 0141.11 09510-1 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock, minimum 1.0% of each type acoustical ceiling material specified. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILING PANELS A. 24" x 48" Acoustical Lay -In Panel System, Tegular Edge: 1. Composition: Non-combustible mineral fiber, Type III, Class A (FS SS-S-1 186), flame spread 0-25 (ASTM E84). 2. Finish: White latex paint, factory applied. 3. Design: Non -directional, medium texture, Cortega by Armstrong as basis of design. 4. Size: 24" x 48" x 5/8" lay -in tegular (drop-thru) edge. 5. NRC Range: .50 to .60. 6. STC Range: 35 to 39. 7. Light Reflectance: LR-1. 8. Type: Minatone 703 by Armstrong as basis of design. B. 24" x 24" Acoustical Lay -In Panel System, Tegular Edge, in Loridoor: 1. Class A (FS S-S-1 1813), flame spread 0-25 (ASTM E84). 2. Finish: White latex paint, factory applied. 3. Design: Non -directional, medium texture, Cortega by Armstrong as basis of design. 4. Size: 24" x 24" x 5/8" lay -in tegular (drop-thru) edge. 5. NRC Range: .50 to .60. 6. STC Range: 35 to 39. 7. Light Reflectance: LR-1. 8. Type: Minatone 704 by Armstrong as basis of design. C. 24" x 24" Expanded Metal Ceiling Panel, in studio and hall: 1. Class A (FS S-S-1 18B), flame spread 0-25 (ASTM E84). 2. Finish: White metal with charcoal insert. 3. Design: Squareline by Illbruck, as basis of design. 4. Size: 24" x 24" x 1 /2". 5. NRC Range: .55 to .61. B. Type: Squareline by Illbruck, as basis of design. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Des Plaines, IL, and represented locally in Englewood, CO, (303) 779-1104. 2. Celotex Corp., Dallas, TX, (800) 523-4684. 3. USG Interiors, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 874-4968. 4. Illbruck Architectural Products, Inc., Minneapolis, MN (800) 225-1920. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same type design, function, quality, and performance are acceptable. 0141.11 09510-2 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Exposed Tee Suspension System: Exposed commercial -quality cold -rolled steel with galvanized coating, complying with ASTM C635. 1. Type: Manufacturer's standard 15/16" exposed tee suspension system, double - web construction with non -directional, bayonet main runner couplings and stepped -end cross tees with stab -in, stainless steel end tabs. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard complying with ASTM C635. 3. Color: White. 4. Classification: Intermediate duty, or as required by Project conditions, with 1-1 /2" main and 1 " or 1-1 /2" cross tees. 5. Wall Moulding: Reveal angle to match balance of system. 6. Hanger Wire: 12-gage galvanized soft annealed steel. B. Supplier/Installer shall verify compatibility of specified metal grid suspension system with acoustical panel ceiling materials specified above, and advise Architect of any discrepancies. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. DX Exposed Tee System by Donn by USG Interiors, Inc., Chicago, IL, (312) 505- 0055, as basis of design. 2. Chicago Metallic Corp., Chicago, IL, (312) 563-4600. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same type, design, function, quality, and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the conditions under which the acoustical ceiling work is to be performed and notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border width at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid the use of less than half -width units at borders and comply with reflected ceiling plan wherever possible. C. Coordinate installation of recessed diffusers, sprinkler systems, lighting fixtures, projection screens, speakers and other equipment or devices recessed in the ceiling system. Ensure that such work is properly located, sized and spaced prior to installation of suspended grid system. D. Installer shall coordinate the installation of the suspended ceiling system with Balancing Contractor for the mechanical system. Panels shall be left out of initial installation as required until mechanical system has been balanced and approved. Remainder of panels will then be installed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical ceiling systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to produce finished ceilings true to lines and levels and free from warped, soiled or damaged grid or lay -in panels. 0141.11 09510-3 B. Install ceiling systems in a manner capable of supporting all superimposed loads, with maximum permissible deflection of 1 /360 of span and maximum surface deviation of 1 /8" in 10' (1 /960). C. Install after major above -ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Ensure that the layout of hangers and carrying channels are located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which are to be placed after the installation of ceiling grid systems. D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. E. Hang independently of walls, columns, ducts, pipe and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of the longitudinal axis of face plane of adjacent members. F. Do not support lighting fixtures from or on main runners or cross runners if weight of the fixture causes the total dead load to exceed the deflection capability. In such cases, support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6" of each corner, or support the fixtures independently. 1. Support suspended grid system at each corner of each 24" x 24" and 24" x 48" lay -in lighting fixture. Coordinate with requirements of Division 16 and the National Electrical Code. G. Do not install fixtures so that main runners and cross runners will be eccentrically loaded. Where fixture installation would produce rotation of runners, provide stabilizer _ bars. H. Install edge mouldings at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces using maximum lengths, straight, true to line and level, with mitered corners. Provide edge mouldings at junctions with other ceiling finishes. I. Fit acoustical lay -in panels and/or tiles in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Lay directionally patterned tile one way, perpendicular to major traffic flow, unless otherwise shown. Fit borders neatly against abutting surfaces. Install panels level, in uniform plane and free from twist or warp. J. Install accessible hold-down clips on all lay -in panels to hold such panels tight to grid system within 20' of an exterior door. K. Neatly and accurately cut acoustical panels where required for installation of recessed lighting, speakers or other devices. Cut-outs shall be centered in panels and evenly spaced across the ceiling system, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Cut-outs shall be accurately sized so as to be covered by trims furnished as a part of the lighting fixture or device being installed. Panels with excessive cuts shall be removed and - replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. L. Adjust any sags or twists which develop in the ceiling systems and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceiling, including trim, edge mouldings and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch- up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. B. Installer shall advise the Contractor of required protection for the acoustical ceilings, including temperature and humidity limitations and dust control so that the work will be without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance by the Owner. 0141.11 09510-4 C. Replace any panels damaged during installation or by subsequent work at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Furnish and install acoustical ceiling systems in accordance with the following schedule: 1. 24" x 48" Lay -In Panel System, Tegular Edge: a. Offices, B16, B19, B20. 2. 24" x 24" Lay -In Panel System, Tegular Edge: a. Corridor, B01. 3. 24" x 24" Expanded Metal Ceiling Panel: a. Control, 1312. b. Hall, B10 END OF SECTION 0141.11 09510-5 No Text SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare concrete floor slab, subflooring, or other substrates for installation of resilient flooring, including leveling of existing floor systems as required. B. Furnish and install static -resistant vinyl composition tile flooring as scheduled on the Drawings. C. Furnish and install resilient base. D. Furnish and install resilient transition strips, flooring reducers, carpet edges, and other resilient accessories and trims. E. Furnish and install plywood underlayment for resilient flooring, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Plywood underlayment. 3. Section 09680, Carpeting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Materials shall be free of objectionable odors, blisters, cracks and other imperfections that will reduce wearability and detract from the appearance of the completed installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications, and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring, base, and trim specified. B. Samples: Submit samples of each type of material specified for the Architect's approval and color selection. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, clearly marked to indicate pattern, gage, lot number and sequence of manufacture. B. Carefully handle all materials and store in original containers at no less than 70' F for at least 48 hours prior to installation. 0141.11 09650-1 r Sinnett Builders Inc. John Sinnett continued Parks, Pools and Playgrounds • Registry Ridge Pool and Clubhouse • Ridgewood Hills Pool and Recreation Center • Miramont Park • Harris Bilingual Elementary School Playground • Thompson School District Playgrounds • Berthoud High School Track Retail Buildings • Schrader's at Seneca Center • Westgate Retail Center • Eastern Mountain Sports • Otie's Wine & Spirits • Talbot Building Site Work • Talbot Building Remodel • Pad 2 and 6 at Harmony Retail Center • Showtime Video • Linens N' Things Other • CARE Housing at Windtrail Park • Oakridge Executive Village • Resurrection Fellowship Church Assisting Project Manager and Estimator Includes in excess of 110 projects of all types under direction of Dennis Sinnett, and Ted Beers. Professional Organization Memberships: Fort Collins Area Chamber of Commerce Alpha Tau Omega Fraternity, Zeta Alpha Chapter — Outstanding Member 1994 Board of directors, Boys and Girls Clubs of Larimer County Sinnett Builders Inc. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Continuously heat spaces to receive resilient flooring materials to a temperature of 70' F for at least 48 hours prior to installation whenever project conditions are such that heating is required. Maintain 701 F temperature continuously during and after installation as recommended by the manufacturer, but for not less than 48 hours. B. Maintain a temperature of not less than 551 F in areas where work has been completed. 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock, minimum 1.0% of all sheet products or other materials, but not less than one (1) full case of each tile and base specified. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING (VCT) A. System: Standard Excelon, Imperial Texture by Armstrong as basis of design. B. Conformance: Comply with FS SS-T-312B, Type IV, Compositional. C. Type: Marbleized or thru-chip tile, with pattern and color extending through entire thickness of material. D. Size: 12"x12". E. Thickness: 1 /8" minimum. F. Pattern: Marbleized. G. Color: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Des Plaines, IL, and represented locally in Englewood, CO, (303) 779-1104. 2. Azrock Industries Inc., San Antonio, TX, (512) 558-6400. 3. Flexco Company, Tuscumbia, AL, (800) 633-3151. 4. Kentile Floors Inc., Chicago, IL, (312) 523-6814. 5. Tajima represented in the U. S. by Architectural Floor Systems Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, (312) 394-3944. 6. Vinyl Plastics Inc., Sheboygan, WI, (414) 458-4664. 7. Manufacturers furnishing products of same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.02 SYNTHETIC RUBBER STAIR TREADS, RISERS AND LANDINGS A. System: Safety stair treads with matching landing mats by Roppe, Fostoria, OH, (800) - 537-9527, as basis of design. B. Conformance: FS RR-T-650C, Composition A, Type 1, 2 and 4. C. Type: Molded rubber square -nose stair treads, risers and coordinated landing mats, with pattern and solid color extending through entire thickness of material. 0141.11 09650-2 D. Sizes: 1 . Stair Treads: 12-1 /2" deep x full width of stair tread. Use only single length of material for each tread. 2. Landing Mats: 27"x27" pieces, symmetrically laid to cover entire landing as scheduled. 3. Risers: As required. E. Thickness: 1. Stair Treads: 1 /4", tapering to 3/16". 2. Landing Mats: 3/16" to match stair treads. 3. Risers: 0.100". F. Pattern: Solid color diamond, safety or raised square design. G. Color: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2.03 RESILIENT BASE A. System: Solid rubber base, Roppe, as basis of design. B. Thickness: 1 /8" nominal. C. Size: 4" throughout x longest practicable lengths. D. Surface Finish: Smooth. E. Style: Coved at resilient flooring and carpeting. F. Special Shapes: Premolded external corner sections. G. Color: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Roppe Rubber Corp., Fostoria, OH, (800) 537-9527. 2. Azrock Industries Inc., San Antonio, TX, (512) 558-6400. 3. Burke Flooring Products, San Jose, CA, (408) 297-3500. 4. Flexco Company, Tuscumbia, AL, (800) 633-3151. 5. Johnsonite Rubber Co., Middlefield, OH, (800) 637-4995. 6. Mercer Products Co., Orlando, FL, (800) 447-8442. 7. Manufacturers furnishing materials of same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 RESILIENT TRANSITION STRIPS AND TRIMS A. General: Furnish and install carpet edges, flooring reducers and transitions as recommended by manufacturer for conditions and as required for material thickness. B. Locations: 1. Transitions between vinyl composition tile flooring and carpeting. 2. Transitions between carpeting and unfinished concrete floor slabs. 3. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings, as directed by the Architect, or as required for a complete installation. C. Colors: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Approved Manufacturers: By same manufacturer of resilient base specified above. 2.05 PRIMERS, ADHESIVES AND SEALERS A. Waterproofer: Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific application. B. Sub -Floor Sealer: White premix latex mixed with water to produce cementitious paste. C. Sealer: Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific application. 0141.11 09650-3 D. Adhesives: Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific - application. E. Leveling Compound: Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which resilient flooring work is to be placed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Surface shall be smooth, level and at the required finish elevation without more than 1 /8" in 10' variation from level or slopes shown. Existing conditions in excess of these tolerances are subject to approval by the Architect. C. Install plywood underlayment as required and recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer. D. Prior to installation of resilient flooring, broom clean or vacuum all surfaces to be covered and inspect the substrate or subfloor. Beginning work will indicate acceptance of substrate conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. E. Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depressions in subflooring, underlayment, or concrete floor slabs. F. Ensure that expansion and/or control joints in concrete floor slabs have been properly formed, with joint filler and sealants installed prior to the installation of resilient flooring. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING A. General: Install vinyl composition tile flooring in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations to produce finished flooring system true to lines and levels. B. Ensure that substrate is clean. Spread adhesive evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. C. Lay tile symmetrically about centerline of space, with joints and seams parallel to building lines. Lay tile with directional pattern in same direction throughout room or area. Staggering of pattern is not acceptable. See Drawings for special pattern, if used. D. Set flooring in place and press with a heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. E. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, unless otherwise indicated. F. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SYNTHETIC RUBBER STAIR SYSTEMS A. General: Install synthetic rubber stair systems in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations to produce finished stairs true to lines and levels. 0141.11 09650-4 B. Ensure that substrate is clean. Spread adhesive evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. C. Lay stair components with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce minimum number of seams. 1. Cut stair tread sections as required to meet existing conditions. D. Lay components symmetrically about centerline of space, with joints and seams parallel to building lines. Lay components with directional pattern in same direction throughout room or area. Staggering of pattern is not acceptable. See Drawings for special pattern, if used. E. Set flooring in place and press with a heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. F. Fit tightly all components of the stair system, including treads, risers and landing mats. Fill openings with manufacturer's epoxy caulking compound, same color as material. G. Terminate stair components at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF RESILIENT BASE A. General: Install resilient base and transitions in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Use appropriate tools for cutting and installation of the base and trim materials. B. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18" between joints. C. Internal and External Corners: 1. Neatly miter cut internal corners. 2. Use only premolded sections for external corners. Exposed ends of base sections and "birdsmouth" gaps at external corners will not be acceptable. D. Install base on solid backing. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces with full coating of adhesive. Avoid excess adhesive exposed on wall surface. E. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. F. Install straight and level to variation of 1 /8" over 10'. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRANSITIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS TRIMS A. General: Install resilient transition strips, reducers, and other trims where specified above in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Use appropriate tools for cutting and installation of the transitions, reducers, and other trims. C. Flooring/Carpeting Reducers: Install at unprotected edges of carpeting, resilient sheet flooring, vinyl composition tile, and other materials where flooring terminates. 1. Transitions are not required where carpeting or other flooring terminates at ceramic floor tile or quarry floor tile. D. Scribe and fit to wall, door frames, columns, and other obstructions to produce tight joints. E. Coordinate installation of resilient base with wall and corner guards, specified in Section 10260. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation. B. Remove excess adhesive from flooring, base and wall surfaces without damage. 0141.11 09650-5 C. Clean and seal floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommen- dations. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09650-6 SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install commercial broad loom carpeting, direct glue down, as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 01710, Cleaning: Subfloor cleaning prior to carpeting. 3. Section 02070, Selective Demolition: Removal of existing carpeting materials. 4. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring: Base, transitions and edge strips. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following codes and standards: 1. AATCC 16E, Aachen Test. 2. AATCC 134, Static Generation. 3. ASTM E648, Radiant Panel. 4. ASTM C423, Sound Absorption. 5. DOC FF1-70, Methenamine Tablet Test. 6. NFPA 258-NBS, Smoke Generation. 7. NFPA 56A, Electrical Resistivity. 8. Handbook for Carpet Layers, Carpet Institute, Inc. B. Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years successful experience in production of carpeting types specified. C. Installer shall have minimum five (5) years successful experience working with the carpeting types specified. D. Installer shall be certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products. E. Materials and installation shall be provided by a single contractor throughout the project, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications, installation, and maintenance instructions. B. Certifications: 1 . Manufacturer shall submit compliance statement verifying that products supplied meet the requirements of this Section, including paragraph 1.02. F above. 2. Installer shall submit compliance statement verifying that requirements of quality assurance have been met, including certification from the manufacturer as an approved Installer. 3. Installer shall submit statement certifying the appropriateness of the materials furnished for the expected use. 0141.11 09680-1 C. Samples: Architect shall select from samples submitted of the manufacturer's full -- current range of all standard colors and/or patterns of the specified materials. Submit samples of all related accessories. D. Layout Drawings: Submit drawings showing proposed seaming pattern for approval by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in original mill wrappings containing name of manufacturer, brand name, quality, fiber type, yarn weight and density. B. Store materials under cover in dry, ventilated spaces as soon as delivered to the site. Store in unopened original mill wrappings. Lay materials on long side. C. Handle materials carefully to protect against moisture, dirt, stain and handling damage. Unroll carpet outside only under favorable conditions and after providing a ground cloth. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Building temperature shall be maintained at 60' F minimum and 95° F maximum for seven (7) days prior to installation of carpet and continuously during installation. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Upon completion of installation, furnish the Owner with specified overage and all extra stock in sizes which are reasonably usable for replacement and maintenance from same lot as installed. 1. Furnish minimum 5% overage of each type, style, pattern and color of carpeting installed. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Primary Warranty: Provide manufacturer's written wear warranty covering excessive surface wear, curling, cupping, popping, shrinkage, edge ravel and delamination of the secondary backing from the face fiber. Coverage shall not be prorated. Minimum term of warranty coverage shall be as follows: 1. 10 years. B. Secondary Warranty: Provide manufacturer's written warranty covering static wear during product life and any other product attributes not necessarily covered under defective materials warranty. C. Guarantee of Workmanship: Installer shall guarantee the workmanship of the installation for a period of two (2) years. D. Maintenance Program: No maintenance contract is desired by the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMMERCIAL CARPETING A. General: Commercial -grade broad loom carpeting meeting the material and construction types specified. The Architect shall select the final color(s) from the manufacturer's full line of colors and/or patterns for the specified materials. 0141.11 09680-2 B. Installation Method: 1. Commercial carpeting to be installed direct glue down over concrete slabs -on - grade and/or composite floor decks. C. Commercial Carpeting Type 1, as basis of design: 1 . Construction: Loop pile graphic. 2. Fiber: Continuous extruded filament, 100% nylon. 3. Average Density: 6000. 4. Gauge: 5/64. 5. Dye Method: a. Pre -Dyeing: Solution dyeing. 6. Yarn Weight: 26 oz. 7. Stitches/Inch: 11.5. 8. Pile Height: .062" - .218". 9. Primary Back: Woven polypropylene. 10. Secondary Back: Action Bac. 11. Flammability: Class I in accordance with ASTM E-648. 12. Approved Style and Color: Imari, Grainstone by Design Weave Commercial Carpet, as basis of design. D. Special Considerations: 1. Carpeting shall be anti -static type, as recommended by the Supplier and approved by the Owner and Architect. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Design Weave Commercial Carpet, Santa Fe Springs, CA, (888) 393-2830. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance, and meeting the above specifications are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND TRIMS A. Transitions and Edgings: Resilient transition and edge strips, specified in Section 09650. Metal carpeting transition/edge strips will not be acceptable. 1. Shapes: As recommended by carpeting installer for application. B. Adhesive: Latex type, Henry's 356 latex glue or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine surfaces that are to receive carpeting and report any unsatisfac- tory conditions to the Contractor. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfac- tory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that concrete floor slabs and decks have been properly sealed. Wet mop prior to installation as required by the manufacturer. C. Ensure that wood subflooring and/or new underlayment has been properly prepared, is level and even, with nails driven flush. Refer to Section 01710, Cleaning, for other requirements. D. Ensure that all under -carpet work has been installed and approved prior to proceeding with installation of the work of this Section. 0141.11 09680-3 E. Ensure that all major overhead ceiling work, adjacent wall work including painting, -- electrical and mechanical work (other than trims) has been completed and approved prior to proceeding with carpeting installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CARPETING A. General: Install carpeting in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations and in accordance with the approved seaming and pattern layout drawings. Carpeting shall be installed by the following method: 1. Commercial carpeting to be installed direct glue down over concrete slabs -on - grade and/or composite floor decks. B. Cut and fit carpet so grain of material is in same direction. Cut carpet evenly at all walls, corners, projections and open edges. 1. Lay carpeting to minimize seams whenever possible. 2. Lay carpeting against the direction of traffic, or as recommended by the manufacturer, in corridors and other high -traffic areas. C. Install proper resilient mouldings where carpet abuts other flooring or terminates at unfinished floors. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Installation of carpeting shall begin after all other trades have been completed and approved, unless specifically approved by the Owner. If installation begins prior to approval of other trades, the General Contractor will assume all responsibility for protection, maintenance and cleaning of the completed carpet installations. B. Vacuum carpeting immediately upon installation in accordance with manufacturer's written maintenance instructions. Remove and replace defective or improperly installed carpeting or carpeting that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned. C. Cover and protect completed sections of carpet installation with vinyl sheeting or other -- approved material and maintain in place until completion and acceptance of the project. D. Sort carpet remnants and save all pieces larger than 24"x24" for the Owner. These remnants shall not reduce the quantity of new maintenance stock to be furnished as specified in paragraph 1.06 above. E. Remove all carpet scraps and other debris from the site. 3.04 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. The Owner, Architect, Contractor and installer shall inspect the completed installation - prior to acceptance by the Owner. All work found not acceptable shall be removed, replaced and reinstalled at the Installer's expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect. B. Maintain protective coverings on the completed installation until final acceptance by the - Owner. Remove and dispose of protective coverings. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09680-4 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Priming. 3. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 4. Section 10440, Signage. 5. Division 15, Mechanical. 6. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section. Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer -performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. B. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. C. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish 0141.11 09900-1 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID #5735. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4i- 4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. D. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish --- specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Paint samples for typical interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors, pipe railings and -- miscellaneous metal work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45' F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12%. B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40' F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 45' F; 50' F for exterior work. C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 45' F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. 0141.11 09900-2 D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.c. B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified: 1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200, as basis of design. 2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 3. Stain, varnish and other transparent finishes: Refer to Section 09930. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1 . Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rolling is not permitted. 0141.11 09900-3 2. Insulated Metal Doors, Frames and Sidelites: Spray application only. Brushing or rolling is not permitted. 3. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Interior Work: A maximum of five (5) different pigmented colors will be used, plus variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. 2. Dark Tones: A maximum of three (3) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing. B. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Ceramic tile and porcelain tile. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Finish carpentry items. 4. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing. C. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely. D. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply a coat of etching -type primer. E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly - cleaned. Prime surfaces as required. 2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with - solvent and prime surfaces as required. 3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with 0141.11 09900-4 concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. 4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance. H. Priming of gypsum wallboard prior to application of texturing is specified in Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. No further priming is required for the drywall surfaces by this Section, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. I. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. J. Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to staining or application of transparent finishes. K. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. L. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 1. Finish hardware. 2. Cabinetry and casework. 3. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 4. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been properly prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint, moving from dry to wet areas. 3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. Spray Applications: 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. 2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from dry to wet areas. 3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. 4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. 3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall be work of this Section, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view in the completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in 0141.11 09900-5 paragraph 1.02. - 2. Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with the Architect as necessary. 1. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other mechanical or electrical devices to be field finished, whether specifically called for or not. 4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in exposed locations, except where items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located in mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected. B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning color coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if required. 1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. 2. Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.). C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from location and paint separately. D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. 1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. 3.04 CLEANING A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). 5. Renovation Projects: Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces, where entire wall or ceiling area is not scheduled to receive new finish. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted. 0141.11 09900-6 A. Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors and handrails and guardrails. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. C. Louvers: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer. 4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors and miscella- neous metals. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Plaster Surfaces: 1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primer: Vinyl emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 3.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Latex, Satin Latex. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. D. Cabinetwork: All surfaces prefinished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 0141.11 09900-7 No Text DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install modular raised access flooring system where shown on the Drawings, complete with modular wood -core floor panels, adjustable pedestals, edge supports, accessories and trims as required for a complete and operational installation. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1 . Division 16, Electrical: Power, telephone and data wiring, raceways, conduit and devices. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to all applicable ASTM specifications or other standards listed herein. B. All materials and components shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project, unless otherwise approved by the Architect and Owner. C. Access flooring systems shall be furnished and installed by firms with minimum five (5) years experience in projects of similar size and complexity. Furnish project experience lists with references if requested by the Owner. D. Access flooring systems shall be installed by skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the installation of the specified systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation and mainte- nance instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating configuration of components, dimensions, pedestals and edge trims, accessories and trim, anchorages, and fabrication and installation details. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes of hard -surfaced floor coverings and trims for selection by the Architect. D. Samples: Submit one (1) representative assembly, including one (1) modular floor panel for each type of system specified, complete with floor covering and edge trims, and with one cut-out having trim and closure in place; one (1) adjustable pedestal and pedestal head; and one (1) cushioning pad. E. Test Reports: Accompanying the above submittals, deliver to the Architect certified copies of test reports from an independent commercial testing laboratory covering representative samples of components. 1 . Panels: Test reports on uniform and concentrated loading. 2. Pedestals: Test reports on vertical load bearing performance and resistance to moment. 3. Grounding: Test reports on electrical resistance from panel to supporting pedestal of a mock-up of one panel. 0141.11 10270-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20_, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name: Address: By Title: ATTEST: By: - (SEAL) SURETY By: Title: (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00410 Page 3 1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Load Capacity: Modular access flooring system shall be engineered to support the following structural loads: 1. Uniform Live Load: 250 psf minimum. 2. Concentrated or Point Live Load: 1,000 lbs. minimum over 1 sq. inch at any point on the modular floor panels or support system, with maximum deflection of 0.080". 3. Safety Factor for all components: 4. B. Static Resistance: Installed access floor system shall have a maximum electrical resistance of 1 Ohm from the top of the panel, less surface covering, to the pedestal base. C. Minimum Plenum Depth: Provide a clear height of approximately 5" between the structural floor and the highest part of the modular raised flooring system, the top of the access flooring system shall be flush with the raised floor at the hallway and studio. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials and components to the site until areas in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Deliver materials and components to site in original factory packaging. Store in a secure location and protect finishes from weather damage and debris until installation. C. Installed materials shall be protected from damage by the General Contractor. 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Contractor shall furnish Owner at least one (1) unopened case, but not less than 12 full panels of replacement floor panels in each color, type and floor finish used on the project. Refer to Section 01600. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one (1) year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. B. In addition to manufacturer's warranty, the Contractor shall furnish written two-year _ guarantee covering workmanship of the installation, with repair or replacement for any defect or failure at no additional cost to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MODULAR ACCESS FLOORING SYSTEM A. General: Modular access flooring system consisting of modular wood -core and concrete -filled steel pan type floor panels supported on adjustable pedestals, complete with edge supports, accessories and trims. 1. System Size(s): Modular 24"x24" x heights as scheduled at the end of this Section. Panel size tolerance shall be ± 0.015". 2. All panels, except cut panels, shall be fully interchangeable with all other panels in the access flooring system. B. Wood -Core Floor Panels: Manufacturer's standard 1 " thick structural -grade, high - density particle board, encased between a top sheet of 24-gage die -cut electro- galvanized steel. Electro-weld top and bottom sheets to a structural perimeter channel 0141.11 10270-2 of minimum 16-gage electro-gaIvan ized steel. 1. Flame Spread: Class A, tested in accordance with ASTM E84, for floor panel without floor covering. 2. Wood -Core Panel Systems: Tecflor W Series by Interface as the basis of design. C. Pedestals: Manufacturer's standard zinc plated/galvanized steel adjustable pedestals with threaded studs. D. Pedestal Heads: Manufacturer's standard zinc plated/galvanized steel 4-way modular pedestal heads. E. Understructure Stringers: Manufacturer's standard zinc plated/galvanized steel modular structural stringers. 1. All edge conditions abutting walls or other substrates shall be fully supported by understructure stringers or other approved component. F. Floor Finishes: 1. Hard -Surfaced Flooring: Static -control high pressure laminate, 1 /8" thick, without edge trim, color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. Refer to schedule at the end of this Section for locations to receive HPL floor finish. G. Panel Cut -Outs: Include an allowance for up to 20 field -installed cable cut-outs, to be completed at the time of original installation. 1. Provide 2" diameter rubber grommet -type closures for all panel cut-outs, black. H. Anchorages: Manufacturer's standard zinc plated screws and bolts, full interchange- able. I. Adhesives: Manufacturer's standard pedestal adhesive. J. Pads: Manufacturer's standard shock -absorbing neoprene pads. K. Closures and Trims: Provide manufacturer's standard closures, trims and accessories as required by site conditions for a complete and operational access flooring system. L. Accessories: 1. Provide in -panel mounted electrical power/data boxes with hinged lid assem- blies, where shown on the Drawings. M. Tools: Provide Owner with two (2) sets of all special panel lifting or assembly tools necessary for this application, including but not limited to: 1. Single suction cup lifters for hard -surfaced floor panels. 2. Double suction cup lifters for hard -surfaced floor panels. 3. Clamp -type carpet lifters for carpeted floor panels. N. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Interface AR, Kennesaw, GA, (770) 423-1723. 2. Maxcess Technologies Inc., Summerville, SC, (803) 821-1200. 3. Atlantic Access Flooring, Baltimore, MD, (800) 340-6551. 4. Tate Access Floors, Inc., Jessup, MD, (410) 799-4200. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of the same design, function, quality, performance and appearance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the slabs -on -grade, formed utility trenches and other supporting framing to receive the access flooring systems and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper installation or performance of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Verify all dimensions and site conditions governing the work of this Section. 0141.11 10270-3 C. Ensure that all below -floor electrical power, telephone and data systems have been - properly located, installed and approved before beginning installation. D. Ensure that all below -floor mechanical systems have been properly located, installed and approved before beginning installation. E. Coordinate locations of field cut-outs with the Architect and Owner. Make cut-outs and fit openings with grommets or other specified closures. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install modular raised access flooring systems in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install pedestals and modular structural stringer systems at the heights and in the locations shown on the Drawings. Set and securely fasten all components in position, square and plumb, in accordance with the approved shop drawings and using manufacturer -recommended fasteners. C. Anchor structural components firmly in place. Tighten all connections to their recommended torques. D. Provide continuous structural support for all panel edges abutting walls or other substrates. E. Installation Tolerances: All structural components and floor panels shall be level within a tolerance of 1 /32" in 10'. F. Set floor panels in place and secure with manufacturer -recommended fasteners. Ensure that perforated panels or panels with field cut-outs are properly located. G. Adjust installation as necessary to eliminate any vibration, rocking, squeaking or other noises. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean surfaces of floor panels, trims and accessories. B. Replace any floor panels that are damaged during installation, or have marred finishes. C. Upon completion, the General Contractor shall protect the completed modular raised access flooring from damage during the remainder of construction on the project and until substantial completion. END OF SECTION 0141.11 10270-4 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. SPECIAL NOTE A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the applicable provisions of General Requirements are hereby adopted and made part of Division 15, Mechanical Work. B. The Mechanical Drawings and the Division 15 sections listed below constitute the Mechanical Construction portion of this project. 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions 15050 Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Systems Insulation 15440 Plumbing 15850 Ventilating and Air Conditioning 15950 Automatic Temperature Control 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing C. Where "Project Manager" is used in this Specification, we mean that person so designated by the Owner. Project manager is the Owner's representative. 2. DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping, and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. B. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. C. The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. Cable 27 Studio 15010-1 D. The installation details, instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, modified, to obtain the best end result shall form the basis of installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. 3. APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Shop Drawings must be submitted for the following equipment: Valves Flexible Duct Connectors Insulation _ Plumbing Fixtures and/or Equipment Balancing Dampers Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, & Accessories - Louvers Temperature Controls All items followed by'*' B. Shop Drawings must first be checked by the Contractor for space conformance and for performance characteristics, established by Plans and/or Specifications, and so stamped. Contractor's stamp shall include name and address of Contractor, specification paragraph, item designation and the following statement: "Item(s) has (have) been checked for compliance with specification requirements and space limitations and will meet these conditions; checked by; Date." C. Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. D. Contractor must submit a minimum of 5 sets of complete drawings to Engineer. 4. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Materials or products specified by name of manufacturer, brand, trade name, or catalog reference, shall be furnished under the contract unless changed by a Contract Modification. Where two or more materials are named, the choice of these shall be optional with the Contractor. B. See Section 01030, Alternates and Basic Section 01600, Material and Equipment, for Alternates and Substitutions. No substitutions are allowed prior to bidding. Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 2 C. After the award of the Contract, any request for a substitution must be made in writing by the Contractor (not material supplier or subcontractor). Such request shall state the name of the product specified, the name of the product proposed for substitution, the reason for requesting the substitution, and any change in Contract Amount resulting from the substitution. No such substitution shall be made until an appropriate Contract Modification has been issued and approved by the Engineer and Owner. D. The cost of any changes of other trades as a result of use of the substitution materials or equipment must be borne by the Contractor submitting such materials or equipment. 5. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND CODES A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the latest revision of the Uniform Fire, Plumbing, and Mechanical Codes, and the Local, State, and other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments. B. Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 15 and pay all fees in connection with same. C. Where work required by the drawings and specifications is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials, apparatus and equipment for the work shall be new and shall be of first class quality, presently being manufactured. Absolutely NO "close-out" type materials, apparatus or equipment shall be allowed. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail, and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the allotted space allowing proper room for maintenance. 7. TESTS A. Tests shall be performed on the systems specified herein. Any one or all of the systems listed herein may be provided. See Drawings and Specification Section to determine which systems are to be provided. Tests shall be repeated until each system is proven acceptable. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and/or the Owners. A letter must be obtained by the Contractor and be filed with the Engineer's Office, if the tests were witnessed by the Owner. Where required, perform such tests in the presence of local or state building inspection officials. Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 3 B. General: 1. The pipe systems shall be tested to assure they are installed leak tight and structurally safe for the intended purpose. 2. Cleaning and. flushing tests and approvals shall be completed before performing pipe system tests to eliminate retesting. 3. If the pipe tests fail, the pipe system shall be repaired and retested. 4. The installing supervisor shall confirm the safe test pressure for vessels, equipment and accessories in the pipe system from drawings, specifications, or name plate data. 5. Notify the Owner's Project Manager 24 hours in advance of each test. C. New System Test 1. Instruments, vessels, equipment and accessories which cannot withstand the test pressure required of attached piping shall be isolated from the piping. Remove or block and vent direct operated or self-contained regulators. Each part of a pipe system shall be tested, divided as indicated, for the time specified for the given class of test. 2. Safety, valves, relief valves, and rupture discs shall be removed during the pipe system test and reinstalled after the test. New gaskets shall be used when reinstalling all flanged items. Do not change spring settinis or make inoperative any safety and relief valves, except valves designed to be pinned or yoked. Normally closed control valves shall be opened before test. 3. Piping and vessels shall be vented when draining them to prevent their collapse by vacuum. 4. The pipe system installer shall provide all necessary connections, vents and drains to test and drain the system completely. 5. Allowance shall be made by the Project Manager for variations of pressure and volume due to temperature changes in determining satisfactory maintained test pressure. a Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 4 6. The Project Manager shall check the test pressure at the beginning and end of each test before acceptance of the system. Pipe systems shall be tested and accepted before insulation, paint, or other covering or coating is applied. The only exceptions are for those parts; including vessels, which have been painted, covered or coated, and have had previous certification tests. 7. The test shall be a hydrostatic test, or as otherwise specified. D. Test Pressures The final test pressure shall be as follows: 1. 12 ft. of water head or 5 psig air pressure held for 30 minutes for waste, vent and rainwater systems. E. Final Test l . After final connections to the existing system are made and prior to application of insulation, a final test shall be made of the complete new system. 2. The test shall be visual inspection in normal service test. 3. Systems to be tested - ALL piping systems. 4. The test pressure shall be the working pressure -as a minimum or as specified. 5. The test medium shall be the system's working fluid, or as specified. 6. Trapped air shall be removed. 7. Piping shall be visually inspected for leaks. F. Report 1. The Report shall contain the following and be submitted within 24 hours of each test: - Date, time and place of test - Duration of test - Person responsible for testing - Results of test - Action taken to correct deficiency Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 5 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 - Outside dry bulb temperature - Inside dry bulb temperature - Specific section of piping tested 2. The Report shall be required for final payment. G. Notify the Project Manager after successful testing. 8. WARRANTY A. All systems with one exception shall be warranted for one (1) year after Owner occupancy in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, etc. of the contract. B. All lubrication, filter changes, and normal maintenance shall be the responsibility of the Owner. 9. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prepare three (3) typed portfolios with complete sets of high quality copies of Shop Drawings used in the erection of mechanical system. Each piece of equipment shall have information on installation, testing, cleaning, and maintenance instructions, list of materials for maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and address of authorized service organization, with 24 hour phone number. List shall be alphabetized, within each category. B. Include operating instructions for complete system, including emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment, normal starting, operating and shut down, and long term shut down. C. Include maintenance instructions, including valve tag and other identified equipment lists, proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment, necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule. D. Information shall be folded, if necessary, and included in 8-1/2" x I I" hard cover, indexed, loose-leaf 3 ring binder. Multiple binders shall be used if required to contain materials. All material shall be properly identified with job name, date, name and address of Contractor, Architect, and Engineer. E. Portfolios shall be submitted to the Engineer for review of material and completeness, and when approved by Engineer, portfolios will be turned over to the Owner. Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 6 10. PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR EQUIPMENT A. Provide covering and shielding for all equipment (including open-ended piping and ductwork) provided under Division 15 and equipment furnished by Owner for installation under Division 15 to protect from mortar, paint, debris, etc., during construction. A polyethylene covering tied securely around the equipment will be acceptable for this purpose. 11. CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Clear away all debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from Mechanical Contractor's work or operations, leaving the job and equipment in a clean condition. All existing areas in which work is performed shall be cleaned and restored to their original condition upon completion of the project. B. Clean all items furnished, such as motors, etc., leaving the entire installation in a first-class condition. C. Equipment and materials provided under Division 15 will be painted by the General Contractor except where specified otherwise. However, any mechanical equipment which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's prime and finish coats of paint shall be restored to the original condition . and appearance prior to application of finish paint. 12. FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing to make arrangements for a final inspection. B. After the final inspection is made, the Contractor will receive a list of items requiring adjustment, correction, replacement or completion. C. The Contractor shall comply completely with all the listed requirements within thirty (30) days of receipt of list. Should the Contractor fail to perform within this time limit, the Engineer and/or Owner reserves the right to have the work completed by others and the cost deducted from the contract price. D. The Contractor shall initial and date each item as completed and return copy to Engineer prior to re -inspection. Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 7 13. REMODELING A. Locate existing piping and make connection where required and/or where shown on the drawings. Do not cut, into existing services without first ascertaining to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer that the pipe or duct involved is the desired service. In any area where work performed under Division 15 is the only work involved, restore the area to its original condition upon completion of work. B. The Contractor shall visit the site prior to bidding and inspect all ductwork, HVAC units, and structural conditions to his satisfaction. Lack of knowledge of existing conditions shall not relieve the Contractor of any -- responsibility for the successful completion of this project. C. This Contractor shall include in his proposal and be responsible for all cutting of existing construction and structural modifications required to complete the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and plumbing work. Prior to making any cuts, verify exact locations and sizes with respect to existing conditions to confirm that no structural members will be cut other than those indicated. Refer to the drawings and appropriate specifications sections for the requirements of this work. D. All existing services and equipment shall be maintained unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. The Owner shall be informed at least two working days in advance of any shut-off which will occur and which will be affected for a specific period of time. Only after the Owner is fully informed and has agreed to the schedule of shut -offs, can the work then proceed accordingly. Work shall be scheduled to minimize building system down -time. F. All existing diffusers, coils, valves, thermostats, fixtures, piping and other valuable equipment shall remain property of the Owner, except where noted otherwise, and shall be stored on the site where directed by the Project Manager. Owner shall be notified by the Contractor to select any items and save and remove them before the remaining items are removed by the Contractor. G. All cutting of existing construction required to install or join new work, except where otherwise indicated on the Architectural plans, shall be the responsibility of this Contractor. Prior to making any cuts, verify exact _ locations and sizes with the Architect to confirm that no structural members will be cut. Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 8 14. EXISTING OUTSIDE UTILITIES A. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to the start of excavation. B. Active Utilities: When encountered in work, protect, brace, support existing active sewers, gas, electric, other services where required for proper execution of work. If existing active utilities are encountered that are not indicated and which required relocation, make request in writing for determination. Do not proceed with work until written directions are received. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. C. Inactive Utilities: When encountered in work, remove, cap, or plug inactive services. Notify utility companies or municipal agencies having jurisdiction; protect or remove these services as directed. D. Interruption of Utilities: Where work makes temporary shutdown of services unavoidable, shut down at night, or at such times as approved by Owner, which will cause least interference with established operating routine. Arrange to work continuously, including overtime, if required, to make necessary connections to existing work. . 15. ASBESTOS A. Products, equipment or materials that contain asbestos shall not be allowed in the construction of the mechanical and plumbing systems on this project. END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15010 - 9 SECTION 15050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS 1. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, is hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. B. Materials and methods specified herein apply to all sections under Division 15 of the specifications. Intent of this section is to set forth common requirements and to avoid repetition under each particular section. See drawings and/or Division 15 Specification sections to determine which systems are to be provided. 2. PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide pipe and fittings of type and materials scheduled herein, of quantities shown on the drawings and as required to connect fixtures and equipment. All fittings shall have ANSI tolerances and dimensions and have ASTM materials for conformance with piping below. B. Pipe and Fitting Schedule 1. Natural gas in building above ground. a. For 2-1/2" and smaller, piping shall be black steel, Schedule 40, screw ends. Fittings black malleable iron screwed, standard weight 150 lb. banded. Entire pipe shall be primed and painted by the painting contractor to prevent rusting. Supportpipe at 10 ft. intervals for 1-1/4" pipe and larger, and at 8 ft. intervals for 3/4" or 1" pipe. 2. Miscellaneous drain lines receiving cooling coil condensate, drip for humidifiers, etc. a. Piping shall be Type "DWV" or "L" copper, fittings wrought copper, solder joint. 3. Refrigeration piping. a. Piping shall be ACR hard drawn copper tubing cleaned, dehydrated and sealed. Use soft drawn dehydrated and sealed seamless copper tube where bending is required except where subject to physical damage. Fittings wrought copper solder fittings. Joints - 15% silver brazing alloy and silver brazing flux or brazed with Surebraze. Support piping as required to prevent damage to pipe. Run nitrogen through pipes 1 " and larger when silver soldering. Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 1 Pre -charged line sets where applicable. 3. PIPE AND DUCT SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves for all pipes and ducts passing through floors, roofs, walls, and full height partitions. Ducts passing through gypboard walls do not require sleeves. B. For sleeves passing through fire rated walls/floors, fill void with fire stop material. C. At points where a duct passes through a fire rated wall/floor and a fire damper is being installed, the duct sleeve can be eliminated. D. Pipe Sleeves: 1. Floor Sleeves in Exposed Areas --Schedule 40 PVC pipe, reamed, extending 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet areas and 1/4" above the floor in all other locations. 2. Masonry Wall Sleeves --Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed, and finished flush with wall. 3. Gyp Wall Sleeves and Sleeves Through Existing Construction -- Schedule 40 PVC, ends terminating flush with the wall. 4. Roof Sleeves and Floor Sleeves in Concealed Locations (as in chases) --Schedule 40 PVC. 5. Make pipe sleeves 1/2" larger inside diameter than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe insulation, where insulated. Fabricate sleeves from new materials, with ends cut square. 6. Floor Sleeves, where water is to be kept out --fill with graphite packing and caulking compound. 7. Exterior Wall Sleeves - Schedule 40 steel pipe reamed, welded flange in the middle of the wall, ends finished flush. Pack void annular space with oakum and lead to provide a water -tight joint or Schedule 40 PVC. 8. Where plastic pipe passes through fire rated shaft walls and fire rated partition walls having a fire rating of 2 hours or more, provide Schedule 40 steel or cast iron pipe sleeve extending 12" or more on each side of wall. Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 2 E. Duct Sleeves for round ducts up to 12" in diameter: 1. Roof, floor and partitions sleeves --Schedule 40 PVC; terminate flush with wall, or 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet areas; 1 /4" above floor in all other areas. 2. Sleeves through bearing walls --Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed and finished flush with wall. 3. Make sleeves 1 /2" larger inside diameter than the outside diameter of duct. F. Sealing of all other sleeves shall be as specified under Section for Mechanical Systems Insulation. G. Sleeve" Flashing, Caulking. For sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe, except as otherwise specified herein, provide 16 oz. soft sheet copper of 4 pound lead per square foot flashing extending 9" beyond sleeve in all directions; secure to waterproofing or lead safe; turn down flashing into space between pipe and sleeve, insert oakum gasket, pour lead, caulk water tight. Over air plenums caulk all sleeves with polysulfite base sealing compound conforming to ASA A 116.1 (Thiokol). 1. Where sleeves are indicated with flashing flanges provide Josam, or equal, 26420 series threaded riser sleeve with anchor lugs, flashing flange, steel pipe extensions. H. Pipe and Duct Sleeves through Existing Construction: 1. This Contractor shall provide all openings for pipes and ducts passing through existing walls, footings, roofs and floors except where otherwise indicated and/or specified. 2. Openings for pipes shall be core drilled 1/2" larger than the outside pipe or insulation diameter. After installation, seal around pipes as indicated above. Coordinate opening locations such that no structural members are damaged. 3. Where larger portions of existing construction are removed for a number of pipes, provide individual sleeves for each pipe. This Contractor shall then grout around sleeves to match existing construction. Reinforce mesh, angles, etc., shall be used to provide structural stability to the new grouting. Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 3 4. Openings for ducts shall be neatly cut to the shape of the duct and 1 " larger than the outside dimension. After installation, seal around ducts as indicated above. Coordinate opening locations such that no structural members are damaged. 5. Where larger rough openings are made, Contractor shall provide sleeve and grout as stated above. 4. FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES A. Plates shall be installed on all exposed pipe passing through walls, floors, or ceilings. Plates shall be as manufactured by Ritter Pattern and Casting Company, 120 Walker Street, New York, New York 10013, or approved equal, chrome plated steel plates with set screw and concealed hinge. Cut plates to fit flush at close -spaced piping locations. 5. PIPE HANGERS SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS* A. Provide pipe hangers and supports, as specified herein and/or indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standardization society specification SP-69. Locate at changes in direction. and at concentrated loads. Hanger design shall permit vertical adjustment and lateral movement to allow pipe expansion. B. Bear cold piping on insulation, shielded as described under article for insulation. Provide pipe hangers of ample diameter for cold piping insulation and vapor barrier jacket. C. Use carbon steel adjustable hangers as follows: 1. Steel, plastic and cast iron, 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. 69, Fee and Mason Fig. 400, Elcen Fig. 202. 2. Copper pipe 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. CT-69, Fee and Mason Fig. 389, Elcen Fig. 389. D. Three or more pipes may be supported on trapeze hangers using 2 clevis hangers and a capped pipe cross member. Isolate copper pipe from bearing on the cross member with an electrically insulating material. 1. Where indicated trapeze hangers shall be "Unistrut" or equal, double channel with drop rods. Where pipes are indicated to be supported from the- underside of trapeze hanger provide "Unistrut" or equal speed clamps. Isolate copper pipe from cross member same as specified above. Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 4 E. Support horizontal steel piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacin Up to 1 1/41' 3/8" 8 ft. 1 1/2" to 3 1/2" 1/2" g ft. 4" & 5" 5/8" 12 ft. 6" 3/4" 12 fl. F. Support horizontal copper piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Nom. Tubing Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1 1/2" 3/8" 6 ft. 211 to 2 1/2" 3/8" 8 ft. 3" 1/2" 9 ft. G. Support horizontal hub and spigot pipe at every hub, 10 ft. max. spacing. H. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every joint and at each horizontal branch connection. Sway brace to prevent shear. I. Support plastic every 4 feet. J. In existing. concrete frame structures, support pipe hangers from the sides only of beams or joists using austempered ramset fasteners or Phillips red head concrete anchors. Follow manufacturer's load recommendations. K. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited. 6. PIPING INSTALLATION A. General 1. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe sizes, not outside diameters. Use straight round pipe reamed to full size after cutting. Remove all chips from reaming. 2. Arrange pipe in group runs where feasible. Coordinate locations with all trades. Avoid traps in piping. 3. The right is reserved to authorize minor changes in pipe location to avoid conflicts with other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 5 7. 8. B. Waste, Vent and Storm Piping 1. All waste, vent, and storm drain piping shall be properly pitched at 1/4 inch to the foot (or 2%) minimum for 4" and smaller pipe and 1/8 inch (or 11/o) minimum for 5 inch and larger, unless otherwise indicated. Piping shall be properly supported so that it will not sag and form pockets. Exceptions must be approved in writing by the Administrative Authority. 2. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be carefully followed when installing pipe using neoprene gasketed joints. DISINFECTING AND SPECIAL CLEANING A. When a new system is indicated to be connected to an existing system, isolate the new system for cleaning and flushing if applicable. Reaming chips must be removed by flushing, cleaning strainers, etc. B. Ductwork Systems 1. As the system of ductwork, supplying air to the building is put into service in whole or in part, provide 1" or 2" pleated filters at fan intake to keep the mechanical system and the building clean. ELECTRICAL A. Electric Motors. 1. Provide electric motors with all equipment furnished and installed under Division 15, unless specified otherwise. B. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls for Division 15 equipment shall be furnished, set in _place and wired in accordance with the following schedule: Set In Power Control Furnished Place Wiring Wiring Under Under Under Under ITEM Division Division Division Division Equipment Motors 15 15 16 - Starters/Contactors: Separate 15 16 16 15 Factory Mounted and Wired 15 15 16 15 Pushbutton Stations: Separate 15 16 - 15 Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 6 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in project: importance to this 14. Background and experience of the principal including officers: members of your organization, 15. 16. 17. Credit available: $ Bank reference: Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed any other information that may be financial statement and furnish required by the OWNER? Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes, in what city, county and state? class, license and numbers? 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? and to whom? 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? If DETAIL 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 What yes, In Starter Enclosure 15 Disconnect Switches 16 Thermal Overload Switches 16 Control Relays 15 Control Transformers 15 Operating Switches 16 Line Voltage Thermostat 15 Low Voltage Thermostat 15 Sub -Base Low Voltage 15 Time Switches Not In Control Panel 15 Thermostat and Controls Integral with Equipment of Directly Attached to Ducts, Pipes, etc. 15 Equipment in Temperature Control Panels 15 Valve Motors, Damper Motors, Solenoid Valves, etc. 15 Control Circuit Outlets 16 Smoke Detectors Including Relays for Fan Control 16 Equipment Interlocks 15 16 - 15 16 16 - 16 16 - 15 - 15 16 16 15 16 16 - 15 - 15 15 - 15 15 - 15 15 16 15 15 - 15 15 - 15 15 - 15 16 16 - 15 16 15 15 - 15 END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15050 - 7 SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this section of the specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, accessories and materials and in performing all operations necessary for the installation of all insulation for the plumbing and duct systems, and sealing of sleeves. B. All insulation shall be installed in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen engaged in this type of work. 3. MATERIALS* A. All insulations shall have fire and smoke hazard ratings not exceeding the following unless otherwise specified: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 1. Insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used shall be applied with a continuous unbroken vapor seal (hangers on outside of insulation jacket). 2. Hangers, supports, anchors, etc., that are secured directly to cold surfaces must be adequately insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation. B. Material Approval Code 1. Code VIII Elastomeric (closed cell) Pipe Insulation a. Insulation shall not exceed the following fire hazard ratings: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed (3/4") 225 b. For service - 40 degrees F. to 200 degrees F. C. Armstrong FR Armaflex d. Or Equal by IMCOA or Nomaco Cable 27 Studio 15250 - 1 4 5. SEALING OF SLEEVES A. All sleeves for pipes, ductwork, etc., furnished under Division 15 of the specifications, penetrating floors, and walls and full height partitions shall be sealed in accordance with the following: 1. All insulated services shall have the specified insulation terminated on either side of sleeve. Services which require a vapor barrier jacket shall have segment through sleeve insulated with calcium - silicate having a minimum thickness same as specified for service. Entire void space between inside of sleeve and outside of duct, pipe, and/or calcium- silicate insulation shall be packed with fiber insulation, conforming to EM-521E Type 3 or HHI-558B Form A and having an ASTM fire class E-84 with fiber melt point in excess of 2000 deg. F., to a point 1/8 inch from ends of pipe sleeve. After void is packed with fiber insulation, services which are specified to be insulated shall have a section of insulation installed on each side of sleeve, insulation to be fitted tight to sleeve insulation. Balance of space in sleeve to be filled with non - hardening silicone conforming to TTS-00230 and of type which will allow 50 percent movement in one direction. DUCTWORK 1 NO External wrap (thermal): 1. Insulation: Fiberglass blanket, 1-1/2" thick, 1 lb. density, vapor barrier jacketed with 2" tab. Jacket - laminated aluminum foil, glass reinforced kraft paper. 2. Application: Secure to metal leaving no voids at the edges, with strips of insulation adhesive. Lap all joints 2", seal with lap adhesive and staple 6" on center. Seal over staple with matching tape patches. Further secure the bottom side insulation on ducts over 24" wide with welded pins and mechanical fasteners, not over 18" on center and seal over with tape matching patches. 3. Do not install insulation over access panels. Internal liner (sound) (rectangular ducts): (See Section 15850) Cable 27 Studio 15250 - 2 31 7. C. Insulation shall be in accordance to the following schedule for new ducts: Ductwork Insulation Insulation Type Type Thickness Supply Internal 1 i' Return Internal 1 " Outside Air & Combustion Air External 1 '/2" AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION SUCTION PIPING A. All piping shall be insulated with rigid Armaflex mentioned in Code VIII. Apply insulation to clean, dry surface of pipe. Insulation may be applied prior to pipe assembly. Fittings, elbows, valves, etc., shall be insulated with metered segments of pipe insulation. Apply Armstrong No. 520 adhesive on all butted joints, longitudinal seams, and mitered segments. Insulation exposed to weather shall be protected with a coating of Armaflex vinyl -lacquer and aluminum jacket. Thickness shall conform to the following schedule: Service and Size Insulation Thickness Refrigeration Suction Piping: 1" and less 3/4" 1-1 /4" and larger 3/4" B. Provide sheet metal insulation shields at all hanger locations. C. Omit insulation on piping inside air handling unit unless otherwise indi- cated. EXTERIOR PIPING A. Cover all insulation exposed to weather with Childers Crimped Aluminum .016 jacket with moisture barrier. Attach to insulation with aluminum banding and seals. Seal minimum I" lapped joints along seam and at ends with bead of silicon caulking. END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15250 - 3 SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING 1. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install all complete systems listed below, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. _ Condensate Drains Refrigerant Piping Natural Gas Piping Also included is the work involved to remove and/or relocate existing associated equipment, remodeling of existing systems, including connections between new and existing systems. 3. CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Make all drain, refrigerant, gas, etc., connections to all equipment in this _ building whether or not such equipment is furnished under this section or under other sections of this specification. This includes installation, furnishing piping and shut-off valves on branches to and from each piece of equipment from mains or branch mains. 4. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: At completion clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of debris, sand and dirt. Thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 5. PROTECTION A. Protect equipment, and related components from damage before, during and after installation to date of Final Acceptance or Owner move -in. Provide protective coverings or other protection as required. END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15440 - 1 SECTION 15850 - VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK A. The work in this section of the specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install air handling and air conditioning systems as indicated on drawings and specified herein, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating systems. 3. ACCESS PANELS* A. Provide access panels to permit inspection and maintenance of all automatic dampers, fire dampers, control equipment, coils and other equipment requiring maintenance. Panels shall be located in position dictated by the equipment such that maintenance may be performed. Panels shall not be located in top side of ducts. Ceiling panels to be compatible with type ceiling used. B. Panels shall be attached to duct with zinc plated cam latches. 18" x 18" and smaller panels shall have a minimum of two (2) latches. Larger panels shall have a minimum of four (4) latches. Panels shall set in rigid frame with sponge rubber gasketing to prevent air leakage. Panels may be of single wall uninsuiated construction. C. Where duct size permits, access panels shall be minimum 18" x 16" or 2" smaller than duct size, whichever is smaller. 4. BALANCING DAMPERS* A. These dampers shall be the product of recognized manufacturers and shall be installed upstream of each supply register or diffuser. B. For rectangular ductwork requiring a blade width greater than 8 use an opposed blade damper with 3-1/2" x 1" x 16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel frame. Blades shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel, maximum width 8". Axles shall be 1/2" diameter galvanized steel. Bearings shall be heavy duty nylon or bronze sleeve type. Actuator shall be 1 /2" diameter manual locking quadrant. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 1 C. For rectangular ductwork requiring a blade width 8" or less, use a single blade damper with 3-1/2" x 5/8" x 16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel frame. Blade shall be center pivoting and single thickness 20 gauge galvanized steel. Axles shall be 3/8" square plated steel with bearings and actuator as above. D. American Warming and Ventilating Inc. VC-8, VC-9, VC-21, VC-23, Louvers and Dampers, Inc. VCD-400, RBD-2 or Greenheck MBD-15. Or prior approved equal. 5. SHEET METAL WORK - LOW VELOCITY SYSTEMS A. Low velocity sheet metal work includes all ducts serving supply, return, and exhaust air systems operating at a maximum of 2" W.G. of pressure. B. Construction. Construct ducts from zinc coated iron or steel sheets conforming accurately to the dimensions indicated on the drawings. All ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. Construct ducts in accordance with the recommendations in the current edition of the "SMACNA" duct construction standards, 2" W.G. pressure class. C. All ductwork transverse joints shall be made airtight by using duct sealer in accordance with SMACNA standards. No open joints at the corners or elsewhere will be allowed. All seams in horizontal ducts will be standing seams with separate cleats mitering at the comers. All seams in vertical duct or risers shall be self-supporting. All ducts shall be complete in - themselves. No single thickness partitions between ducts allowed. All ducts over 18" wide to be crossbroken. 6. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Securely attach all ductwork to the building construction in a manner to be free from vibration and swaying under all conditions of operation. Hanger attachments shall be appropriate for the building structure and shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Hang ducts from beams and joists _ whenever possible. B. Ducts shall be substantially supported with hangers located at a maximum of 8 feet on centers, or less as conditions dictate, for the length of the duct. All hangers shall be made of 1" wide galvanized iron straps, 18 gauge for hangers spaced at 8 feet centers, 22 gauge for 4 feet centers, both for ducts up to 96" semi -perimeter, or per latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Hanger straps to be secured to the bottom of the duct using sheet metal screws. Additional screws to be added to sides of ductwork as conditions dictate. Trapeze hangers per SMACNA standards may also be used. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 2 7. DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ductwork will be run substantially as shown on the plans. Changes in size or cross section shall be made with long tapers. The Engineer reserves the right to slightly change the run of certain ducts without extra cost to the Owner, if necessary to avoid unforeseen structural or other interferences. B. Where ducts run through ceiling spaces and structural, mechanical, or electrical interference is encountered, maintain same cross sectional area as indicated on plans with a maximum of 4 1 /2 to 1 aspect ratio. C. All openings in duct for grilles, registers, etc., shall be capped dust -tight with G.I. metal caps during the construction period. D. All rectangular branch takeoff ducts shall be the 45 deg. proportional type unless specifically shown otherwise. Round branch duct connections to rectangular mains shall be made with 45' take -offs with rectangular to round transitions. See paragraph 4 for balancing dampers. E. Where square turns are indicated, either round or rectangular duct, provide and install square turn elbows with turning vanes. Vanes may be either commercial type duct turns or approved equal, or shop fabricated to conform to SMACNA standards. Vanes shall be double thickness type preassembled on runners before installing in each elbow. Brace adequately and avoid rough edges to prevent objectionable noise. Double thickness turning vanes to have 4 1/z" radius @ 3 1/4" spacing. F. No obstructions will be allowed in ducts except places where absolutely necessary and prior approval has been received from the Engineer. In such cases they shall be installed so as to least interfere with the passage of air. 8. SOUND INSULATION A. Sound insulation shall be applied to the interior of ducts provided under the contract as listed below unless otherwise indicated on the plans: 1. All exhaust, relief and return ducts and all rectangular supply ducts. B. All internal sound insulation shall be I" duct liner with . a black fire resistant skin surface and edge coating. Liner shall have overall density of 1.50 pounds per cubic foot. Installation shall meet NFPA 90A and 90B fire resistant requirements, and SMACNA standards. Liner shall have a noise reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.65 for a type "A" mounting. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 3 C. Apply the insulation in fabricated pieces sized to the interior duct surfaces with the black coated or denser surface exposed to the air stream. Insulation shall be firmly held in place with B.F. 85-10 or 85-60, C.M.C. 17-477, i -C 225 fire resistant adhesive covering no less than 100 percent of the duct surface. Further secure insulation on the top and sides of horizontal ducts and all sides of vertical ducts with Omark or KSM capacitor discharge studs and caps on 15" centers. Coat exposed longitudinal edges of insulation with a heavy layer of B.F. 60-30, C.M.C. 17-477, or I-C 102 fire resistant mastic prior to installation in the ductwork. Secure transverse edges with capacitor discharge studs and caps on 6 inch centers and coat caps and entire joint with the same mastic as for longitudinal edges. D. Duct sizes indicated on the drawings are the internal sizes. Where insulation is applied to the inside of the ducts, the metal size of the duct shall be increased by 2 inches to result in internal dimensions equal to that shown on the drawings. E. Where sound insulation is shown for ducts which require thermal insulation, the thermal insulation may be omitted on the outside of the sound insulated ductwork. 9. DUCT SILENCERS* A. General 1. Low frequency Conic -flow (cylindrical) Silencer 2. Forward flow. B. Materials and Construction 1. 18 Gauge galvanized steel outer casing. 2. Interior construction to be compatible with outside casing. 3. Filler material: inorganic mineral or glass fiber of sufficient density to achieve scheduled acoustic performance, minimum 5% compression. 4. Flame Spread Classification 20 — Smoke Development Rating 20, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA Standard 255 or U.L. No. 723. 5. Structurally rated to 8 IWG internal pressure. C. Acoustic Performance 1. Certified in accordance with ASTM E 477. D. Manufacturer: Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 4 1. Industrial Acoustics Company, Model Type FCS, or prior approved equal. 10. REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS* A. Furnish and install registers, grilles, and diffusers, as manufactured by Titus, Anemostat, Carnes, Krueger, Metal-aire, Tuttle and Bailey, or approved equal, where indicated on the plans. Acoustic louvers shall be Industrial Acoustics Company, Slimshield Quiet -Vent Louver; or prior - approved louver. 1. See Schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and accessories. 2. Adjust air pattern controllers so that drafts are not created. 3. Selection based on NC less than 30. 11. STATIONARY LOUVERS* A. Provide stationary outside air intake louvers where indicated on the plans and as manufactured by American Warming and Ventilating, Arrow, Industrial Louvers, Dowco, Louvers and Dampers, Inc., Greenheck, or approved equal. B. See schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and accessories. C. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk as required for a sound, water -tight installation. Make airtight duct connections to installed louvers. 12. ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING* A. Provide and install unit from only the manufacturers below. l . Lennox Industries, Inc., Model LGA High Efficiency. 2. The Carrier Corporation; Model 48 HJ (3 to 12'/2 Tons), Model 48HG (over 12'/2 Tons). 3. The Trane Company; Model Precedent YHC 060 & Voyager YC (10-20 Tons) High Efficiency. 4. York International Corporation; Model Sunline Ultra & Predator High Efficiency. B. Model and capacities: Per Schedule on plans. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 5 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL What company? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at this day of , 20 Name of Bidder By: Title: State of County of being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 C. General: 1. Units: Factory assembled, piped, internally wired and fully charged with R-22, U.L. listed. 2. Units: Designed to operate at outdoor ambient temperatures as high as 120 deg. F. 3. Cooling Capacities: Rated in accordance with ARI Standards. 4. Units: Designed for outdoor rooftop installation. 5. Exterior Surfaces: Phosphatized, zinc coated steel with epoxy resin primer and baked enamel finish. D. Casings: Panels shall be gasketed and insulated. Provide 1 ", 1 lb. density mat faced glass fiber insulation on the evaporator section. E. Controls: Refrigeration cycle controls include condenser fan, evaporator fan and compressor contactors. Compressor shall be equipped with a combination internal winding thermostat/current overload. Also provide internal high pressure relief. With tuned -off control to prevent compressor short cycling. With dampers and operators all compatible with Honeywell T-7300 thermostats. F. Compressors: Hermetically sealed compressors. Provide crankcase heaters. Scroll compressors are preferred. G. Evaporator Coil: Seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. Factory pressure and leak tested at 225 psig. H. Drain Pans: Provide evaporator and condenser coils and drain pans. Evaporator pan shall be internally sealed and insulated. Provide threaded drain connection in evaporator section, drain opening in condensing section. I. Condenser Coil: Seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to _ aluminum fins. Factory pressure and leak tested at 425 psig. With hail guard. J. Indoor Air Fan: Belt drive forward curved, centrifugal type. Provide high efficiency motor with thermal overload protection. Permanently lubricated fan and motor bearings. Also with economizer exhaust fan. Motors shall be resiliently mounted with rubber -in -shear isolators. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 6 K. Condenser Fan: Direct Drive, statically and dynamically balanced, upflow propeller type. Totally enclosed fan motor shall have built-in thermal overload and permanently lubricated ball bearings. L. Filters: 2" pleated filters. Efficiency -- 30% by the NBS dust spot test. M. Economizer: Dry-bulb controlled 100% outside air "free cooling" with gasketed outside air and exhaust air dampers, damper motors, and con- trols. With economizer exhaust fans sized for 100% relief N. Gas Heating Section: Unit shall use gas fuel for (2) stages of heating. Heat exchanger shall be constructed of tubular aluminized steel, with induced draft blower and electric flow pressure switch. The burner shall be equipped with electronic igniter pilot. Heat exchanger shall carry a minimum 10 year warranty. O. Roof Curb: Provide manufacturer's roof curb for installation by this Contractor. Zinc -coated steel curb with wood nailer strip. Approved by National Roofing Contractor's Association. Flashing and counterflashing with galvanized sheet metal, soldered watertight, shall be provided and installed. Curb with solid bottom, acoustically lined. With openings through the curb only large enough for duct penetrations. P. Wash all flashings and counterflashings with acetic acid, and paint with one coat of oil paint, black in color. Q. Rooftop equipment shall be anchored to withstand wind loads of 30 pounds per square foot. 13. SPLIT SYSTEM/DUCTLESS AIR CONDITIONING UNITS* A. Manufacturers: 1. Mitsubishi. 2. Prior approved equal. B. General: Split system made up of indoor unit, outdoor unit, and wall mounted remote controller. C. Model and capacities: Per Schedule on plans. D. Indoor Unit: Compact, wall mounted cabinet with low resistance, low noise fan configuration. Two speed fan with maximum 38-44 dba on low speed, 45-49 dba on high. Automatic, adjustable air -flow shutter. Removable filter. Built-in condensate pump. Cable 27 Studio 15850 - 7 E. Remote Controller: 12 VDC, wall mounted, with LCD display — operation mode, set temperature, room temperature, timer setting, fan speed, and air flow direction display. 24-hour ON -OFF timer. Self -diagnostic. F. Outdoor Unit: Matching, Slim -line cabinet. Same manufacturer as indoor unit. Six -year compressor, one-year parts warranties. Capillary tube refrigerant control. Coil thermistor control from -40°F to 194'°F. Crankcase heater. EER of 9.9-10.3. Auto restart following power outage. Refrigerant charge up to 100 ft. of piping. Condensor coil. Low -ambient kit. Front access service panel. Cable 27 Studio END OF SECTION 15850 - 8 SECTION 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 1. 2. 3. 4. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Basic Mechanical Requirements, in its entirety, including applicable provisions of other Specification sections, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the Specifications. SCOPE OF WORK A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all materials and equipment necessary to provide the Automatic Temperature Control System for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning systems as specified herein, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Control system shall be electric and electronic as manufactured by Johnson Controls, Inc., Honeywell, or Robert Shaw. B. The system shall be installed under the full-time supervision of an authorized Installations Engineer employed by one of the above, or by Carrier Commercial Services, Commercial Systems Integrators, Collins Control and Electric, or prior approved equal. CONTROL INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT* A. In general, the control instruments and equipment furnished for this installation shall be the best product of its type produced by the manufacturer. B. Thermostats: 1. RTU-1: Programmable 7-day heating/cooling thermostat with night setback as specified in "Sequence of Operation", insulated base; Honeywell T-7300, or approved equal. 2. Split System/Ductless Air -Conditioning_ Units: 24VDC, wall mount, programmable controller provided with unit. 3. All room thermostats shall be mounted at a center line height of 60" above the finished floor unless specifically indicated otherwise. Thermostats shall be located adjacent to doors except where otherwise indicated. 4. Coordinate electrical requirements with Electrical Contractor. Cable 27 Studio 15950-1 5. WIRING A. Except where otherwise specified under sequence of controls, wire all electrical controls furnished under this section of the specifications. B. This installation shall comply with all rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code and all state and local codes and regulations. C. Install all conduits in a neat and orderly manner with conduit grouped as much as possible following horizontal and vertical building lines and rigidly secure conduit to the building construction. D. Work performed under this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with associated work being done under Division 16. E. Except where otherwise specified, voltages for - control of circuiting associated with motors and their starters, and all control devices shall be rated at 120 volts or 24 volts. 6. INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the installation of temperature control equipment furnished under this section but installed under other sections of this Division. 7. SERVICE AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS A. After completion of the installation, adjust all thermostats, motors, and other equipment provided under this Section. B. Following complete adjustment, have a qualified representative fully acquainted with the installation instruct the Owner's operators in the - fundamentals and operations of the system. This instruction period shall not be less than four (4) hours. C. Submit typewritten and/or printed sets of operating and maintenance instructions, to be included in the O&M Manuals, including sheets describing fundamentals of each system and an explanation of the operation and function of each system device in the installation as part of the maintenance and operating instructions portfolio required under Section _ 15010. 8. CONTROL DRAWINGS* A. Before proceeding with the work required under this section, the Contractor shall submit for approval complete temperature control diagrams, including a written description of the systems and descriptive literature covering each item of control equipment. Diagrams shall indicate all control functions required. Submit to Engineer. Cable 27 Studio 15950-2 9. OPERATING TESTS A. A complete system -operating test shall be made for a period of two (2) weeks with controls set in their respective positions to ensure proper operation. All tests and final adjustments, including calibration of all controllers and thermostats, shall be made to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. B. At the completion of the test, Contractor shall prepare a list showing temperature settings of all thermostats together with actual thermostat readings. This list shall be submitted to the Engineer as part of the maintenance and operating instruction portfolios. 10. "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS A. The Contractor will, at the same time, insure that the control diagrams for the project are brought up-to-date and that they reflect the control system "As -Built". These control diagrams will be included in the Maintenance Manuals, which shall be turned over to the Owner following the acceptance of the above procedure by the Consulting Engineer. B. The "As- Built" diagrams will have an indication on them as to what changes occurred to the control system between the system originally specified and the system as installed. If necessary, the description of operation shall be changed to adequately describe the completed control system. C. Provide reproducible set of "As-Builts" which must be mylar sepias. D. Operating sequences and control diagrams modified "As -Built," shall be framed under glass or Plexiglas, and suitably mounted in the mechanical room. 11. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. General: The following description gives the intent of the sequence of operation. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate controls furnished with the equipment with necessary supplementary controls under this section to provide a working system as described below. B. Intake Fans: 1. Intake fans shall be controlled according to the control notes on the FAN AND VENTILATOR SCHEDULE, Sheet M1.3. Cable 27 Studio 15950-3 C. RTU-1 (Studio): 1. Rooftop unit shall be furnished complete with economizer (100% outside air-cooling) and controls (electric/electronic). a) Night Setback (Unoccupied Cycle): When unit is switched to night setback by the thermostat, cooling shall be locked out, and outside air damper shall be fully closed. Gas heating unit and supply fan shall run only as required to maintain the night setback temperature of 55 deg. F (adjustable). b) Day (Occupied) Cycle: Outside air damper shall open to the scheduled minimum position to maintain the building air pressure slightly positive. The mixed air controller dry-bulb control and compressor monitor furnished with the rooftop with the power saver package shall control economizer. Exhaust fan shall run as required by the economizer control. Supply fan shall run continuously, both heating and cooling. Economizer shall provide first stage cooling, with mechanical cooling off. Mechanical cooling shall be locked out below 60 deg. F OA (adjustable). c) Unit shall have automatic changeover from heating to cooling. Gas valve shall modulate to satisfy the thermostat. d) Provide an electric operated by-pass damper controlled by a wall -mounted potentiometer so the tenant can reduce the supply air quantity, by-passing air to the return air plenum. e) Automatic Shutdown: (1) A duct mounted smoke detector in the supply air duct shall shut down the fan of the rooftop unit upon sensing smoke. (2) The Mechanical Contractor shall install the duct smoke detector. Electrical Contractor shall provide _ detector, and install wiring and conduit to detectors and fans. D. Split System/Ductless Air -Conditioning Units (Cooling Only l . Electronic thermostat/controller provided by manufacturer. Temperature control contractor to provide control wiring and ensure proper operation. Cable 27 Studio 15950-4 __ 2. Unoccupied Cycle: a. Cooling thermostat temperature shall be reset to 80OF (adjustable). b. Unit shall run only as required to maintain the unoccupied cooling temperature setpoint. 3. Occupied Cycle: a. Setpoint: 70OF (adjustable) Cooling. b. Fan shall run continuously. 4. FCU-2 & FCU-3 should have a 3OF differential on all set points to establish lead/lag status between the (2) units. The owner will periodically change the set points to reverse the lead/lag status of the units. END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15950-5 SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING - 1. GENERAL A. Balancing shall be done by a firm specializing in this work. Prequalified firms are: 1. Griffith Engineering Service, Denver, Co. 2. Fort Collins/Midwest 3. TAB Services of Denver, Colorado 4. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc., Greeley, Colorado. 5. Air -Right, Denver B. Other firms desiring to furnish services for this project shall submit for written approval during bid time. A brochure shall be provided listing the qualifications of personnel in the organization, instruments available to be used and a list of projects successfully balanced within the last two years. Information regarding qualifications must be in the office of the Design Engineer at least six days, excluding Sundays and holidays, prior to the date set for receiving bids. C. Approved contractor will be hired and paid independently by the General Contractor. Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for supporting and coordinating balancing as if balancing contractor was hired by M.C. Balancing Contractor shall be under direct supervision of NEBB or other accredited testing organization certified supervisor. D. The balancing work shall be performed by a firm having total professional responsibility for the final testing, adjusting and balancing of the entire system, new and remodelled. All balancing shall be performed by qualified technicians in the employ of the pre -qualified firm. E. This firm shall furnish all necessary tools, scaffolding and ladders that are required and shall provide all required instruments, take all readings and make all necessary adjustments. F. Instruments shall be used and applied which are best suited to the system function being tested. Instruments shall be in first- class state of repair and have been calibrated within a period of six months prior to starting the job. Instruments shall be recalibrated upon completion of the job if required by the Design Engineer to prove reliability. G. All air systems shall be balanced using an applicable proportionate procedure. H. After all adjustments are made, a detailed written report shall be prepared and submitted for approval. Final acceptance of this project will not be made until a satisfactory report is received and field verified. Cable 27 Studio 15990 - 1 I. The Design Engineer will field verify the report in the following manner: 1. Select quantities to be tested at random. (Quantity shall not exceed 10% of total.) 2. Require balancing firm to read the quantities in his presence. 3. Field tested values shall be within plus or minus 10% of those shown on plans. 4. If a demonstrated value differs from a reported value by more than 10%, the device shall be re -balanced. And if more than 10% of the demonstrated values differ from the reported values by more than 10%, all devices on that system will require re -balancing. 2. AIR BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Before any adjustments are made, room is to be closed off with windows & doors closed. The systems are to be checked for such items as dirty filters, duct leakage, damper leakage, equipment vibrations, correct damper operations, etc. All fan systems, major duct sections, registers, diffusers, OA dampers & inlets, etc., are to be adjusted to deliver design air quantities within plus or minus 5 %. Individual air outlets, when one of three or more serve a space, may have a tolerance of 10 % above average. Design CFM is based on filters being approximately 50% loaded with dirt at 0.45" SPD. Pressure drop across filters during balancing shall be simulated to that condition. After balancing is completed, check motor amperage with the filters clean. B. Exhaust and recirculation air systems shall be adjusted for air quantities shown on drawings and the proper relationship between supply and exhaust established. C. Distribution system shall be adjusted to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise within the capabilities of the system. D. Sheaves and/or belts shall be exchanged as required to adjust the RPM of all fans so they handle specified air quantity. 3. MISCELLANEOUS A. All installed trip -free thermal overload relay overload protection shall be observed and noted in the data sheets. If overload protection is incorrect, it shall be the responsibility of the balancing firm to see that proper overload protection is installed at the completion of the job. Cable 27 Studio 15990 - 2 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 B. The adjusting crew shall measure and set any special conditions such as minimum outside air quantities; check and adjust outside and return air intakes so that the system will deliver substantially the same volume on either; make tests and record data as required in "REPORT" below. C. All balancing devices, i.e., dampers and valves shall be clearly marked as to the final balanced position. Plug all test holes, replace access doors and belt guards. D. When deemed necessary, 24 hour space temperature recording shall be taken and any required partial rebalance of the system shall be performed without additional cost. 4. REPORT A. A bound report shall be provided which shall contain a general information sheet listing instruments used, methods of balancing, altitude correction, and manufacturer's grille, register and diffuser data. B. Provide equipment data sheets listing make, size, serial number, rating, etc., of all mechanical equipment, including fans, motors, starters, and drives. Operating data shall include rotational speed, inlet and outlet pressures, pressure drop across filters, coils and other components, and measured motor current and voltage. The report shall also include entering and leaving air temperatures at coils, and outside air dry bulb temperatures. C. Balancing data sheets shall indicate the required and actual CFM of all supply, return and exhaust outlets or inlets, and shall be totaled and summarized by systems. _ D. Reports shall contain a reduced set of contract drawings with outlets marked thereon for easy identification of the designation used in the data _ sheets. E. The report shall outline any abnormal or notable conditions not covered in the above. F. Final report shall be included in all the O&M Manuals & provide one bound copy of Final Report to Mechanical Engineer. END OF SECTION Cable 27 Studio 15990 - 3 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein. No Text SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and of performing all operations necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these Specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. All work under this section shall also be governed by the project general conditions, along with all supplements and amendments thereto, as published by the Architect. B. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned or not, for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these Specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, materials, tools and labor. C. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all equipment. 2. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all new or existing relocated electrical equipment. 3. Installation of building lighting system. 4. Installation of fire and smoke sensing and alarm system. 5. Electrical rough -in work associated with telephone service. 6. Removal of existing branch circuit wiring, lighting fixtures and devices. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by the local inspection authority who shall have final jurisdiction. B. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits, fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work. Upon completion of work, furnish to the Architect a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval by the local inspection authority. C. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. D. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring as required during the construction period for the use of all the trades. Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and are to be properly grounded throughout. Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. Channel 27 TV Studio 16000-1 August 2002 1.3 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not itemized on the Drawings and Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor to provide a complete working system as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Before installing any wiring, equipment, outlets or other devices, examine architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications; if any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and specifications, report same to the Architect in writing and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. 2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed and to fit work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Architect. 3. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions will be governed by the building; the Contractor shall use same with this understanding. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured, tested and installed in accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratory (U.L.). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). B. The Contractor shall submit proof, if requested by the Architect, that the materials, equipment or devices that he installs under this contract meet the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. in regard to fire and casualty hazards. C. All electrical material shall display a U.L. label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Channel 27 TV Studio 16000-2 August 2002 A. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate electrical work with the progress of other work and with the work of other trades on the job without cost to the Owner. B. Power Interruptions: Provide for the interruption of electrical power to the existing building or areas therein as necessary for new work. Keep all power interruptions to the minimum practicable time duration. Coordinate power outages with the Owner. Coordination includes discussion with and approval of the Owner for preparations prior to shutdown, switch over procedures, date, time of day for start of shutdown, and anticipated duration of the down time. Begin coordination work with the Owner at least 7 calendar days prior to any anticipated interruption. C. Cleanup: If so directed by the Architect, remove any materials not installed in the work which conflict with the work of other trades. At completion of work, clean up and remove from premises all debris and materials not installed so premises will be left clean. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. When and if directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall test, under supervision of the Architect, all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds. B. When directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall demonstrate by megger test the insulation resistance of any circuit. Where such a test indicates the presence of faulty insulation, the Contractor shall locate the point of fault, replace with no additional cost to the Owner and demonstrate by further test the elimination of such a fault. C. After the installation has been completed and at such time as the Architect may direct, the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Channel 27 TV Studio 16000-3 August 2002 No Text SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets on all lighting, gear and distribution equipment to be used and receive Architect's acceptance. 1. See supplemental conditions for distribution and count. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS - ACCEPTABLE CLASSES A. Description of System. 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and size of wire installed therein. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required to conform with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low -resistance paths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be confined. B. Acceptable Classes. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC). a. Use in the following above -grade areas: 1) Embedded in above -grade concrete floor slabs, columns or walls. 2) Wherever exposed conduit is indicated. 3) Where specifically required by NEC. 4) All remaining areas, except as required elsewhere. b. Hot -dipped galvanized on the outside and inside. c. Galvanizing so applied must not crack, chip or flake when conduit is bent. d. Each section of conduit shall be straight, 10 feet long, threaded at both ends and free of blisters. e. Conduit must meet USA Standards Institute C80-1 Underwriters' Laboratories Standard U.L. 6 and carry a U.L. label. 2. Surface Metal Wireway. a. Provide surface metal raceway as manufactured by Wiremold in the areas as indicated. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-1 August 2002 b. The raceway shall meet all NEC Article 352A requirements and shall be U.L. listed. c. Provide with appropriate boxes and fittings by same manufacturer. 3. Flexible Metal Conduit. a. Provide in sufficient lengths for: 1) Make-up of motor or equipment raceway connections. 2) Connection to recessed lighting fixtures. 3) Provide watertight flexible conduit for all motor and equipment connections. b. Non-liquidtight type: Steel, galvanized, flexible metallic, same manufacturers as for rigid. c. Liquidtight: American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 4. Metal clad cable (Type MC). a. Type MC cable may be used for interior branch circuits, conductor sizes No. 12 through No. 8. 1) MC cable shall have a separate ground wire. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. General. 1. All wire and cable shall be 600 volt rated and U.L. listed. Wire and cable shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of the following National Electrical Manufacturers Association (Insulated Cable Engineers Association) standards as applicable. a. WC3 (5-19-1981) Rubber -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. b. WC5 (5-61-402) Thermoplastic -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. c. WC7 (5-66-524) Cross -linked thermosetting polyethylene -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. d. WC8 (5-68-516) Ethylene propylene rubber -insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy. B. Description of System. 1. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire size to be No. 12, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the entire length of a circuit including taps and risers. C. Conductor Material. 1. Copper conductors shall be high conductivity annealed copper in compliance with ASTM B-3, stranded per ASTM B-3, stranded per ASTM B-3, and if coated per ASTM B-33 and ASTM B-189. a. Use copper conductors for all wiring. 2. Aluminum conductors shall be of an aluminum alloy labeled by Underwriters Laboratory as a component aluminum wire stock. a. Use of aluminum conductors shall be permitted for the service entrance feeders from the pad -mount transformer to the grouped meter centers and for the service feeders to each of the dwelling unit's load center. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-2 August 2002 -- b. Conductor sizes indicated on the Drawings for these feeders are copper conductors. To substitute aluminum conductors the aluminum conductor ampacity must exceed the ampacity of the copper conductor specified. D. Insulation. 1. Thermoplastic Insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. a. U.L. Type THWN, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at conductor temperatures not to exceed 75°C. b. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation that is U.L. defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil resistant. E. Acceptable Manufacturers. 1. Southwire. 2. Basic Wire and Cable. 3. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 4. Okonite Company. 5. Alcoa. 6. Or Equal. 2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's and U.L. standard requirements for tightening torques. Use proper torquing tools to achieve accurate values. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES A. General Requirements. 1. Construct junction or pull boxes less than 100 cubic inches as "junction boxes." 2. Construct junction or pull boxes greater than 100 cubic inches as "cabinets." 3. Provide all covers of same gauge metal and include screws. B. Concealed Junction Boxes. 1. Provide code gauge sheet metal boxes located and sized as required with suitable covers and trims. a. Make of material resistant to corrosion or suitably protected, both internally and externally, by galvanizing. b. Boxes installed in damp or wet locations shall be U.L. approved for the purpose. c. Comply with U.L. Standard 50. d. Metal boxes to meet NEC construction specifications. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-3 August 2002 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510Notice of Award 00520Agreement 00530Notice to Proceed C. Exposed Junction Boxes. 1. Boxes exposed or surface mounted shall be die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum body with threaded external hub and cast cover. D. Special Boxes. 1. Alarm boxes, terminal boxes, etc., shall be as specified on the Drawings. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Description of System. 1. Provide outlet boxes for all wiring devices, receptacles, switches, telephone connections and clock connections of material construction to suit environmental conditions. 2. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with actual structural conditions to eliminate obstructions and interference with other work and equipment. a. Verify final location for all outlets, panels and equipment with Architect - see Architectural drawings. B. Concealed Boxes. 1. Furnish sheet steel boxes and fittings which shall be made corrosion resistant both internally and externally by galvanizing. a. Provide with matching manufactured cover. b. Provide 1-1/2" deep boxes in locations indicated on Drawings. 2. Furnish non-metallic outlet boxes for all switches, 120 volt duplex receptacles, lighting fixtures outlets and television outlets located indoors in each dwelling unit. a. Material: fiberglass reinforced polyester or phenolic. b. Provide with integral ground plate to accommodate grounding conductor for all outlets. 3. Provide shallow back box for new electrical construction in existing walls with new furring. C. Surface Boxes. 1. Furnish die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum boxes with threaded external hubs. a. Provide threaded plugs for unused hubs. 2. Boxes shall be of a corrosion -resistant alloy. 3. Boxes shall be deep -body series, single -gang through four -gang with corresponding device cover plates. 4. Manufacturers. a. Appleton: Series "FDH." 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wiring devices and device plates as specified below. Provide in the quantities and at the locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Hospital Grade Receptacles. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-4 August 2002 1. NEMA 5-20 configuration; meet or exceed U.L. tests and standards for said "Hospital Grade" rating. 2. Each device shall be easily identified by a green dot on face. C. Specification Grade Receptacles. 1. Specification grade receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Manufacturers. a. Leviton 5362. b. Hubbell 5362. D. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles. 1. GFI receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Ground -fault receptacles shall have NEMA 5-20 configuration with the following characteristics: a. 5 milliamp sensitivity to earth leakage current. b. 1/30th of a second trip time. c. Local "test" button. d. Local "reset" button. 3. Manufacturers. a. Leviton 6399. b. Hubbell GF-5362. E. Switches. 1. Switches shall be heavy duty, AC quiet type, toggle handle, 20 amp, 120-277 volts, corrosion resistant. 2. Manufacturers. a. Single -pole. 1) Leviton: No. 54521-I. 2) Hubbell1221-I. b. Double -pole. 1) Leviton: No. 54522-1. 2) Hubbell1223-I. c. Three-way. 1) Leviton: No. 54523-I. d. Four-way. 1) Leviton: No. 54524-I. F. Provide smooth nylon wall plates for all receptacles and switches. G. Materials shall conform and be consistent throughout. 2.7 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be of deadfront construction incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein or indicated on the Drawings. 1. Electrical characteristics, ratings and branch circuit wiring of panelboard shall be in accordance with panel schedules and elementary drawings. 2. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-5 August 2002 a. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. b. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick - make, quick -break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. 3. New equipment shall match existing manufacturer's product on -site. 2.8 MOTOR AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Install disconnect switches, thermal overload switches and manual motor starting switches for all motors, appliances and electrical equipment installed under this contract in accordance with the requirements of NEC. B. Safety and Disconnect Switches. 1. Switches shall be heavy duty type. a. All current carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. b. Lugs shall be front removable and U.L. listed for 750C and copper wires. c. Mechanism shall be quick -make, quick -break. d. Operating handle shall be an integral part of the box. e. Disconnect handles shall be capable of accepting padlocks to prevent unauthorized opening of door during operation. 2. Switches shall be horsepower rated for ac and/or do as indicated on the Drawings. a. Where serving motor circuit, size to equal motor rating, fusible or nonfusible as required. b. Use fusible type where two or more motors or other loads are connected on the same branch circuit. C. Manual starting switches with overload protection. 1. Provide for all single phase motors rated 1/3 HP and below. 2. Size heater elements for approximately 115% of the full load current. 3. Provide with green neon pilot light. D. Manual motor starter with overload protection. 1. Install where indicated on Drawings. 2. Size heater elements for approximately 115% of the full load current. 3. Provide starter with low voltage coil operated by "Start/Stop" pushbuttons. a. Modification or accessories indicated on Drawings. E. Nameplates. 1. Provide 1" x 3" black nameplate with white core and 1/2" lettering on all safety and disconnect switches to identify switched equipment. 2.9 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide enclosed circuit breakers where indicated having the electrical characteristics, ratings and modifications indicated. 1. Each pole of these breakers shall provide inverse time delay and instantaneous circuit protection. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-6 August 2002 --._ 2. Switching mechanism shall be trip -free type. 3. Modifications. a. Shunt trip mechanism, control circuit transformer and remote auxiliary switches. 2.10 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER A. Provide an air-cooled dry type transformer with the electrical characteristics indicated on the drawings. 1. Provide a 2200C insulation system with average exceeding 1500C for the secondary coils. 2. Provide screened ventilating openings to insure exceed 350C above ambient. 3. Core and coil shall be completely isolated from vibration absorbing mounts. 4. Enclosure, core and coil shall be visibly grounded. 2.11 MOTOR PROTECTIVE SWITCH winding temperature rise not case temperature does not the enclosure by means of A. Provide a three -pole, horsepower -rated switch with overload protection and with thermal overload and magnet trip short circuit protection for each motor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways. 1. Conceal raceways as indicated on the Drawings above ceilings or in walls. 2. Layout work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple raceway runs. 3. Run concealed raceways in a direct line and use long sweep bend and offsets where possible. 4. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC or the type raceway employed. 5. Route exposed conduit and surface metal raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with neat right angle turns. 6. Turn conduits with neat symmetrical concentric bends. 7. Lengths of flexible metal conduit shall contain a separate grounding conductor. 8. Provide seal -off fittings where portions of an interior raceway system pass through walls, ceilings or floors which separate adjacent areas having widely different characteristics such as: a. Between interior and exterior or roof canopy of building. b. Between chemical rooms and other areas of building. c. Where leaving the sludge holding tanks and aerobic digester. d. Where conduit enters or leaves a hazardous Class I, Division I or II area, and in such an area: Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-7 August 2002 1) Where conduit enters or leaves an enclosure for switches, circuit breakers, fuse relays or other apparatus which may produce sparks, arcs, high temperatures. 2) Seal -off fittings shall not be more than 18" from such enclosures. 9. Provide expansion fittings equal to O-Z/Gedney Type "AX" or "AX8" where conduits cross structural joints and in runs exceeding 75 feet. 10. Provide deflection/expansion fittings equal to O-Z/Gedney Type "DX" where conduits cross structural joints subject to shearing, seismic shock or vibration. B. Wire and Cable. 1. Install wire in approved raceways only after all concrete and plastering work is complete and all moisture has been swabbed from conduits. 2. All wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from point of service connection to all receptacles, lighting fixtures, utilization equipment, etc., as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Suitable installation equipment shall be provided to prevent cutting and abrasion of conductors and conduits during the pulling of feeders and branch circuits. Repeated bending shall be avoided, and the minimum bending radius for the particular conductor shall be strictly observed. 4. Ropes used for pulling feeders shall be made of polyethylene. a. Metallic ropes shall not be used. 5. Wire pulling lubricants shall conform to U.L. requirements applicable to the several insulation and raceway materials used. 6. Pulling lines are to be attached to wires and cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes. a. Rope hitcher shall not be used. 7. All cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be installed together. 8. Apply color coding to all three- and four -wire circuits as follows: 120/208 Volts Phase 277/480 Volt Black A Yellow Red B Brown Blue C Orange White Neutral White Green Ground Green 9. Where home run circuit numbers are indicated on the Drawings, such numbers shall be followed in connecting circuits to panelboards. 10. Where a common neutral is run for two and three home run circuits, phase conductors shall be connected to breakers in the panel which are attached to separate phase legs in order that the neutral conductors will carry only the unbalanced current. Neutral conductors shall be of the same size as the phase conductors unless specifically noted otherwise. 11. Install all control wiring in accordance with control system requirements for a complete and properly operating system. C. Wire Connectors and Devices. 1. Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wire connecting devices to provide a tight mechanical and electrical make- up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-8 August 2002 D. Junction Boxes. 1. Install junction boxes so that covers are readily accessible after the completion of the installation. 2. Do not embed junction boxes made of aluminum in concrete. 3. Mount rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 4. Support sheet steel adequately to maintain shape. 5. Secure covers with corrosion resistant screws and bolts. 6. All surface mounted special boxes shall be secured to cement and/or block walls using 1/4" x 3/4" lead anchors. E. Outlet Boxes. 1. Provide a junction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture when fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling. 2. Fit outlet boxes in finished ceilings or walls with appropriate covers and set flush with finished surface. 3. Provide 8" long aluminum nipple to offset all outlets shown on opposite sides of a common wall to minimize sound transmissions. 4. Except as required otherwise by actual construction conditions, locate outlets as follows (all dimensions given are from finished floor to centerline of outlet boxes). a. Wall Switches: 4'-6". b. Convenience outlets in offices and corridors: V-0" except over such items as counters, benches, special equipment where they shall be at a height to service equipment or as indicated on Drawings. c. Standard telephone outlets: V-0". d. Wall -mounted telephone outlets: 4'-8". 5. Adjust height so the height of all units will be consistent in one direction. F. Wiring Devices. 1. Install ground fault interrupting receptacles and isolated ground receptacles at locations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install specification grade receptacles in all remaining areas as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Install the proper type of device and plate for the particular appliance or equipment. a. Verify with Architect. G. Panelboards. 1. Mount panelboards rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 2. Provide complete mounting brackets and hardware as necessary for complete support of panelboards at locations indicated on Drawings. 3. Provide a typed panel directory for each panelboard; enclose in plastic. a. Label panel as indicated on one -line diagram. Submit sample of label to Architect for approval. H. Disconnect Switches. 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install switches with NEMA 1 type enclosures. 2. Provide complete mounting brackets and hardware as necessary for support of switches. Enclosed Circuit Breakers. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-9 August 2002 1. Install enclosed circuit breakers adjacent to protected conductor and equipment. Make all terminations. a. Complete all control wiring for proper operation of shunt trip mechanism from remote location. J. Dry -Type Transformer. 1. Allow approximately 12 inches between transformer and any obstructions that might prevent air circulation. Channel 27 TV Studio 16100-10 August 2002 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: September 17, 2002 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on October 14, 2002, for the CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; Bid No. 5735. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the interior finish of existing spaces in the basement of City Hall for the ultimate purpose of utilizing this area as a TV studio for the City's Cable Channel 27 operations. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available September 20, 2002. Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at: 1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division. 2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado. 3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costilla Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO 4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "E"/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 a.m. on October 2, 2002, at City Hall West, 300 LaPorte Ave, in the Attorney's Conference Room downstairs, Fort Collins. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: January 8, 2003 TO: Sinnett Builders, Inc. PROJECT: 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID #5735 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated October 23, 2002 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735. The Price of your Agreement is One Hundred Sixty-eight Thousand Nine Hundred Three Dollars ($168,903.00). Project changes to scope of work resulting in a reduced amount for the contract award. Description of changes in the scope of work as follows: (cost reductions in parentheses) Delete all metal paneling, wood paneling and associated trim work. (-$4,666.00) Delete all shelving except in the corner of Room B16. But, install shelf backing for all shelving shown on drawings. (-$3,693.00) Delete aluminum storefront wall at Control Rm (B12). (-$6,004.00) INSTEAD Install gyp. board wall system, finish, paint, wood door (to match existing doors in the studio area), and Owner furnished hollow metal window frame with glazing. Owner to supply Contractor with 8-1/2" X 11" drawing with measurements for new wall at time of construction. (+$1791.00) This results in a net deduct of $4,213.00 for this item number. (-$4,213.00) Delete the specified glue -on insulation material to the sides and bottoms of the Twin Tees in the Studio Room (B15). Add paint to these locations. Insulation material will remain on ceiling between Twin Tees. (-$3,312.00) Change all ceramic tile flooring to Tarket/ Armstrong VCT. (-$693.00) Change wood access flooring to concrete access flooring in partial Hall (B10) & Control Rm (B12). (-$450.00) Change specified acoustic ceiling tile to a standard 2 X 4 square edge acoustic tile in Rms. B01, B10, B16, B19, & B20. (-$1,160.00) 9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1 Change all recessed 2 X 2 light fixtures to 2 X 4 fixtures in drop ceiling areas (B01). (-$266.00) Maintain the wall sconce light fixture(s) that are specified and change it to a dimmable incandescent. (-$648.00) Change specified ceiling in Control Rm. (B12) to standard 2 X 4 square edge panels. (-$1,260.00) Change 2 X 2 recessed light fixtures in Control Rm (B12) to standard 2 X 4 fixtures. (-$200.00) Delete framing one (1) wall at (W1) between Control Room and Mechanical Room. Remaining wall to be completed as specified. (-$114.00) Delete contract scope of work for Fire Sprinkler entirely. Contractor will coordinate with Owner's contract, and/or, in-house forces to complete this work during the contract period. (-$4,200.00) Delete one (1) fan coil and condensing unit (FC-3) serving the Control Room (B12). (-$4,122.00) TOTAL amount of contract deductions in dollars = (-$28,997.00) Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by January 23, 2003. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. 7/96 Section 00510 Page 2 Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By. B6� Alp e B. O'Neill, CPPO, FNIGP Dir ct r of Purchasing and Risk Management Title 7/96 Section 00510 Page 3 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 8th day of January in the year of 2003 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Sinnett Builders, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the interior finish of existing spaces in the basement of City Hall for the ultimate purpose of utilizing this area as a TV studio for the City's Cable Channel 27 operations and is generally described in Section 01010. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Aller-Lingle, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 100 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within 120 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) for each calendar day or fraction 7/96 Section 00520 Page 1 thereof that expires after the One Hundred (100) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($168,903.00), One Hundred Sixty-eight Thousand Nine Hundred Three Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. 7/96 Section 00520 Page 2 ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between 7/96 Section 00520 Page 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets with the following general title: Architectural-A1.1 Floor Plans, A2.1 Reflected Ceiling Plan, A3.1 Building Sections and Interior Elevations, A4.1 Schedules and Details, A5.1 Details, Mechanical-Ml.l HVAC Plan, M1.2 Mechanical Plan, M1.3 Legend Schedules, Details, Electrical -El Electrical Legend & General Notes, E2 Electrical Plan, and E3 Electrical One -Line. The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 2, inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or 7/96 Section 00520 Page 4 discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives i spect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Cont c Lpcument.,en OWNER: ,CITY Qf? FORT COLLINS BY: Y JAME B O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP �IP,tCTOR OF PURCHASING D RISFy MAN MENT Date: i, -3 0rr-!) Attest: City �' 6E f' k �, SAL Address for giv ,g Voices: P. o. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Approved as to Form AssistaI City Attorney CONTR TOR: innett By: Title Date: > !G d 3 ders, Inc. 1 y.IM-cw, (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: 1417 Address for giving notices: b T:�3 x 1161 �- Cd l l ; A 51[-0 w5 aa. LICENSE NO.: A - 10 7/96 Section 00520 Page 5 SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735 To. This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be and , 20_, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By. Title: 7/96 Section 00520 Page 6 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630Certificate of Insurance 00635Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660Consent of Surety 00670Application for Exemption Certificate Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By O 1 l QA�k e_ qPu s B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP hasing/Risk Management Director 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 19SB103940169 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) Sinnett Builders, Inc. (Address) 2926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins, CO 80524 (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company (Address) Hartford, CT 06183 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte. Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of $168,903.00 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal,entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 8th day of January , 20 03 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it. may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed, thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose .claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,. this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, th 13th dada January , 20 03 IN PRESENCE OF: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Sinytett/BuilAerq,4"/1V1c . ( Title lam/ • t926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins, CO 80524 (Address) Other Partners By: By: IN PRESENCE OF: S'tzrety 1 ? Trgwelers Casualty nd Surety -Company By; ttor — n— ac Witn ss XJX: Hartford; CT 06183 (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be.prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 2 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 19SBI03940169 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) Sinnett Builders, Inc. (Address) 2926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins, CO 805.24 (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company (Address) Hartford, CT 06183 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of $16R.903.00 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 8th day of January , 20_3 a.copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, thi 13th d o January 2003. IN PRESENCE OF: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: S By: (Tit , Inc. 2926 E. Mulberry, Fort Collins, CO 80524 (Address) Other Partners IN PRESENCE OF: Surat �� Tr elers Casualty nd Surety Company / 4 +^ BY � j Attor ey-in-Fact Wi ess M Hartford, CT 06183 (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 2 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYS) -IN -FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and 0 by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Connie K. Boston, Donald B. Martin, Chris S. Richmond, Darlene s, William C. Bensler, Kelly T. Urwiller, Russell J. Michels, Linda M. Nikolaeff, Debra S. Morris, Mary M. Powell, Greeley, Colorado, their we and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorneys) -in -Fad, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign -*%ith the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any'Senior Vice President or anv Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's'seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. This Power of Attomey and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, anv Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IP WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELEIL4 CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to b�., signed by their Senior Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 22nd day of February 2002. STATE OF CONNECTICUT }SS. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD AA_J�yTY '�MD GASUA HA 1c" HAWFOFA n 1982 0 cow CONN. n a q, • ; TRAV$LERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY ay George W. Thompson Senior Vice President On this 22nd day of February, 2002 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by the dul% sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. FA a Tip My commission expires June 30, 2006 Notary Public Marie C. Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned. Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority, are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 13th day of January .20 03 y�00"W ►yc yJ'`TY 4,V0 r,ASU�C • H oeo,C cor�. � Z t 9 ss 2; cow �+ • � �� 'rb` fr+a0 By Kori M.Johanson Assistant Secretari, Bond SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. 7/96 Section 00630 Page 1 01/16/03 THU 09:25 FAX 19702668715 FLOOD PETERSON [a002 ACO3CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE 1116/03/D Y) ,R000CER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Flood & Peterson Insurance Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 4821 Wheaton Drive HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW- P O Box 270370 Fort Collins, CO 80627 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NsuRBD ISinnott Builders, Inc. P.O. Box 1969 Fort Collins, CO 80522 ;OVERAGES INSURER A: Travelers Insurance INSURER'S: Pinnacol Assurance INSURER C: INsuRER D: INSURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ISA POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION _ .TR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MM/ODlYY DAT MM/ LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY DTCO283NG279COF02 06/30/02 06/30/03 EACHOCCURRE_NCE $1,Q.p(),000 X COMMERCIALGENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE I ^J OCCUR FIRE DAMAGE (Any one tire) $300 000 MED EXP (Any one person $5,000 PERSONAL d ADV INJURY S1,000,000 GENERALAGGREGATE :s2,000,000 _ APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS ; s2,000,000 :GEN'LA0GREGATELIMIT POLICY FX i PRO - POLICY LOC -COMP/OPAGG A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ;ANY AUTO DT810283N6279TIL02 106/30/02 06/30103 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (EA accident) $1 000 000 r r Per LY eURY ( Fmon) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHFDUlEO AUTOS X HIREDAUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS I BODILY INJURY (Par accident) S PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ — ............... _... GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY • EA ACCIDENT S ER HAN EA ACC OTHT-- AUTO ONLY; AGG _ S _... S 1 ANY AUTO A IEACESSLIABILITY ICUP283N6279TIL02 X OCCUR J CLAIMS MADE 06/30/02 06/30/03 EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE S5,000000 $5 000 000 DEDUCTIBLE 5 _ X RETENTION S10000 i S B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND i4045474 07/01/02 07/01/03 TH- X wcSTATU- I oFR EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY • - EL. EACH ACCIDENT $500,000 C.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE S500OOO E.L. DISEASE • POLICY LIN11T $500,000 I OTHER I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSN EHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE: Cable 27 Studio I CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I City of Fort Collins PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 SHOULD ANYOFTHEABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIESBE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 3p_DAYSWRITTEN NOTICE TOTH E CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TOTH E LEFT, OUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IM POSEN LIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSu RER,ITS AGENTS OR (( REP ENTA ES. I ACORD 25-S (7/97)1 of 2 $5236986/M219961 NIK 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1998 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735 PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: Citv of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. By: CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substan- tially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER REMARKS: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE 7/96 Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen: You are hereby notified that on the day of _ Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted for the City of CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735. , 20 , 20_, the City of the Work completed by Fort Collins project, A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: 7/96 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 , by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Notary Public 7/96 Section 00650 Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO PHASE II; BID NO. 5735 CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for on bond of (Surety) hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) By ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact. 7/96 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Insert State certificate here. DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303) 232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(M) iu M1 K1n_r Wn1 ill Title+ c+ The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.) FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED, Registration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period 89 _ T6170-750 (999) a61IrwfTlblCV� �171xd4✓l R�.•� xrr �� 3 u � ��: e.�".{,,, .�-.;+< a.F&.is�'_.`I''�T, ttr 'R ¢i ;�,�a."<-.xl''.�.. �✓Y, ...q'� r.:. ,-. ,.,. ,,t 1 � s. .r Vor Trade name/QBA: Owner, partner, corporate name: Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number: Bid amount for your contract: Fax number: t Business telephone number: Colorado withholding tax account number. " . gt, ' �� "' .'ern* "� h ,Oopies o'trtul tt or reernent a Irtl�n inant>tctia es Name of exempt organization (as shown on Contract): Exempt organizatlon's number: 98 - Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip): Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contact's telephone number: Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (ies) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction start date: completion date: y' t i k' 9 f '�f '�1 )� � �+F'tL''4 1, i 'r }I f YSL C iy `�S, i ���. 9� � f" •yy)',,{ [ `H ]�31i b�4 '��7� rLL�x y�.Y�t� ��.,, .� is yYG-fi y' I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer. Title of corporate officer, Date: uu rvu t vvrti t C t3tLuw► i HIS LINE SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Number & Title Number Number & Title 1. DEFINITIONS......................................................1 1.1 Addenda.............................................1 1.2 Agreement .................................... 1 1.3 Application for Payment.......................1 1.4 Asbestos.............................................1 1.5 Bid.....................................................1 1.6 Bidding Documents,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1, 1.7 Bidding Requirements .........................1 1.8 Bonds.................................................1 1.9 Change Order......................................1 1.10 Contract Documents 1.11 Contract Price,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,, „ 1 1.12 Contract Times„ 1.13 CONTRACTOR 1.14 defective.............................................1 1.15 Drawings............................................1 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement ,,,,,,,,,,1 1.17 ENGINEER........................................1 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1.19 Field Order 1 1.20 General Requirements .........................2 1.21 Hazardous Waste 2 1.22.a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations ....................................... 1.22.b Legal Holidays .......................... ........ 2 1.23 Liens .................. ............... 2 1.24 Milestone ............................................? 1.25 Notice of Award 2 1.26 Notice to Proceed _ 2 1.27 OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,, ................................. 2 1.28 Partial Utilization 2 1.29 PCBs , 1.30 Petroleum...........................................2 1.31 Project................................................2 1.32.a Radioactive Material 2 1.32.b Regular Working Hours,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2 1.33 Resident Project Representative,,,,,,,,,,,, 2 1.34 Samples..............................................2 1.35 Shop Drawings,,,,,,,.,., ..2 1.36 Specifications .................................... 2 1.37 Subcontractor 2 1.38 Substantial Completion„ ...... ,_.„2 .. 1.39 Supplementary Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2 1.40 Supplier..............................................2 1.41 Underground Facilities,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2-3 1.42 Unit Price Work , 3 1.43 Work ............... 3 1.44 Work Change Directive,,,,,,,,,, , 3 1.45 Written Amendment ........................... 11 Page Number 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ......... 3 2.1 Delivery of Bonds , „ 3 2.2 Copies of Documents ........................3 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 3 2.4 Starting the Work ................. . .....3 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report; Preliminary Schedtles; Delivery of Certificates of Insurance ................................... 3-4 2.8 Preconstruction Conference,,,,,,,,,, 4 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules ..........4 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE..........................................4 3.1-3.2 Intent ......................................... 3.3 Reference to Standards and Speci- fications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Dis- crepancies,,,,,,,,,,,,, ................... 4-5 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives ..................................... 5 3.5 Amending Contract Docunents......... 5 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ................................... 5 3.7 Reuse of Documents,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS.........................................5 4.1 Availability of Lands.....................5-6 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................... 6 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings......................6 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC- TOR Authorized; Technical Data.............................................6 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review,,,,,,,,, ¢ 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change......................................... 6 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............................. 6-7 4.3 Physical Conditions --Underground Facilities ....................................... 7 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated .................... 4.4 Reference Points ................... 7 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.25 Submittal Proceedures; CON - Hazardous Waste or TRACTOR's Review Prior Radioactive Material....................7-8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal....................................16 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................ ..... 8 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit- 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other tals Review by ENGINEER ...... 16-17 Bonds ............................................... 6.27 Responsibility for Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; From Contract Documents, ........... 17 Certificates of Insurance .................... 8 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability to ENGINEER's Review and Insurance..........................................9 Approval of Required - 5.5 OWNER'S Liability Insurance ............... Submittals ................................... 17 5.6 Property Insurance ..........................9-10 6.29 Continuing the Work ...................... 17 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Addi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General tional Property Insurance ,,,,,10 Warranty and Guarantee ........... ... 17 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Pro4sion.........10 6.31-6.33 Indemnification .........................17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility 6.34 Survival of Obligations ...................18 for Deductible Amounts....................10 5.10 Other Special Insurance .....................10 7. OTHER WORK.................................................18 5.11 Waiver of Rights................................11 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ..................... ..18 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination..................................18 Insurance Proceeds ...................... 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Ins1r- 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18 ance; Option to Replace....................11 8.1 Communications to CON- 5.15 Partial Utilization --Property TRACTOR.................................18 Insurance........................................11 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER ............ 18 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...............11 When Due..................................18 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence **** ... 11 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports - 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment... 11-12 and Tests ............................... 18-19 6.6 Progress Schedule ......................... 12 8.5 Insurance ....................................... 19 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items; 8.6 Change Orders...............................19 g CONTRACTOR's Expense; 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals...................................19 Methods or Procedures; 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; ENGINEER's Evaluation.............12-13 Terminate CONTRACTOR's - 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Services......................................19 Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Waiver of Rights ......................... 13-14 Responsibilities ,........................... 19 _ 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties....................14 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.13 Permits Hazardous Waste or 6.14 .............................................14 Laws and Regulations ........................14 Radioactive Material .................... 19 6.15 Taxes 8.11 Evidence of Financial 6.16 ...........................................14-15 Use of Premises, ........ 15 Arrangements .............................. 19 6.17 Site Cleanliness ................................ 15 6.18 Safe Structural Loading.....................15 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING -_ 6.19 Record Documents .............................15 CONSTRUCTION.............................._..............19 6.20 Safety and Protection .............. **, 15-16 9.1 OWNER's Representative............... 19 6.21 Safety Representative .........................16 9.2 Visits to Site .................................. 19 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs...... 16 9.3 Project Representative ...............19-21 -- 6.23 Emergencies.....................................16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples..............16 tations......................................... 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in Vbrk........ 21 -- 1i1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99 Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work' . ..............21 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders NEER's Request .....................27_28 and Payments ................... ......... . 21 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work 28 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices...... 21-22 13.11 ........... Correction or Removal of 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- Defective Work,..,..,_ 28 NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22 13.12 ..... Correction Period 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's 13.13 Acceptance of Defective Work 28 Authority and Responsibilities_... 22-23 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective CHANGES IN THE WORK....................................... 23 Work ..................................... 28-29 10.1 OWNER'S Ordered Change....„..........23 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 10.2 Claim for Adjustment ........................ 23 COMPLETION...,..,... 29 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract 14.1 ........... Schedule of Values., 29 Documents ............................... . „_. 23 14.2 ........ Application for Progress 10.4 Change Orders 23 Payment 2 10.5 Notification of Surety ................. 23 14.3 ............... CONTRACTOR's Warranty of CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ..............................4-14.7 .. 14 ... ............................ . RTitle Review of Applications for 29 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Progress Payments 29-30 Adjustment; Value of 14.8-14.9 ................. Substantial Completion........ 30 the Work .................................... 23-24 14.10 Partial Utilization, „ 30-31 11.4 Cost of the Work .......................... 24-25 .. 14.11 ....... ............... Final Inspection,,.. 31 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work.......... 25 14.12 .......... ............ Final Application for..Pa.yment,,..... . 31 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee ........................ 25 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance 31 11.7 Cost Records .............................. . 25-26 14.15 ....... Waiver of Claims 31-32 11.8 Cash Allowances .................. "" 11.9 Unit Price Work................................26 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 32 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .................. ............ 26 15.1 N OWER May Suspend Work..,,....., 32 12.1 Claim for Adjustment .............. ... 26 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate.,._.,.... 32 12.2 Time of the Essence ..........26 ......... . 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Work or Terminate 32-33 Control......... I ...... ...................... 26-27 .................. 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 33 CONTRACTOR's Control................27 ............................... . . 17. MISCELLANEOUS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, 17.1 ..,, Giving Not.,ice..,.,., 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 17.2 ... Computation of Ti,.m. es.. 33 DEFECTIVE WORK., 27 17.3 . .............. Notice of Claim 33 13.1 Notice of Defects.........................I..._.. 17.4 Cumulative Remedies....._, 33 13.2 Access to the Work 27 17.5 """"""" Professional Fees and Court 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Costs Included.,,..,,.. 33 CONTRACTOR's Cooperation........ 27 17.6 ..... Applicable State Laws 33-34 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Intentionally ................ left blank ..................................... 35 Independent Testing Laboratory..... 27 .. 13.5 CONTRACTOR's EXHIBIT GC -A: (Optional) Responsibilities „...... .................... . 27 Dispute Resolution Agreement GC -Al -13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspec- 16.1-16.6 ...................... Arbitration..... GC-A1 tion, Testing or Approval,,,,,.,,._. 27 16.7 Mediation.. GC .............................. -Al IV EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub - bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-159 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform 7/96 Section 00100 Page 1 INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of -- Bonds and Insurance........................................5.14 defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13 final payment...........I............................ 9.12, 14.15 insurance......................................................... 5.14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items ......................6.7.1 Work by OWNER..............................2.5, 6.30, 6.34 Access to the -- Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ............................................. 4.1 site, related Work .............................................. 7.2 Work...........................................13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions-- CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER .......................................... j6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER................................................... 6.20, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances,, 5.7 Adjustments -- Contract Price or Contract Times ...........................1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2, .............................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, 11, 12, 14.8 , 15.1 progress schedule .............................................. 6.6 Agreement -- definition of......................................................1.2 "All -Risk" Insurance, policy form............................5.6.2 Allowances, Cash ................................................... 11.8 Amending Contract Documents, 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general................1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2 .......................... 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ..........................9.10, 9,11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment -- definition of......................................................1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility 9.9 final payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general ..... ....................2.81 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment.....................................14.1-14.7 review of,,,,,,,,,,,. .......14.4-14.7 .................... Arbitration 16.1-16.6 ................................ Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto..........................4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work .......... 4.5.2 definition of.......................................................1.4 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.5.1, 8.10 possible price and times change,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work,,,,,,,,, 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands..........................................4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of--defined......................................1.25 Before Starting Construction, ..............................2.5-2.8 Bid --definition of.........................1.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Bidding Documents --definition of...................................................1.6 (6.8.2) Bidding Requirements --definition Of ...........................1.7 (1.1, 4.2.6.2) Bonds -- acceptance of....................................................5.14 additional bonds..................................10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4 definition of..............................-........................1.8 delivery of...................................................2.1, 5.1 final Application for Payment .................14.12-14.14 general ...................................... 1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, ................................ I........ 9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ........................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance,,,,.,,, 5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15 Cash Allowances....................................................11.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ........1.38, 6.30.2.3, ...........................14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance.............2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, .......................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances...............................................11.8 claim for price adjustment,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4 ...................9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1,15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6 Cost of the Work general................................................ Exclusions to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .................. 11.5 Cost Records.....................................................11.7 in general.............i.19, 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Lump Sum Pricing..........................................11.3.2 Notification of Surety.........................................10.5 Scope of....................................................10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work..................................13.9 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Unit Price Work...........................................11.9 Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work..................................................11.3 Change in Contract Times -- Claim for times adjustment ......... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, ..... 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1, ......... 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limits..,,,,.,,,., .................. 12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control................................ .......................12.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's control ........................... 1.2.4 Notification of surety,........... ............................ 10.5 Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4 Change Orders -- Acceptance ofDefective Work .................... ...13.13 Amending Contract Documents ,..3.5 Cash Allowances ................................ ................ 11.8 Change of Contract Price ............ 11 Change of Contract Times ............... 12 Changes in the Work.................................... 10 CONTRACTOR's fee ........................................ 11.6 Cost of the Work ..... .................................. 11.4-11.7 Cost Records....................................................11.7 definition of ........... emergencies ............................... ...................... 6.23 ENGINEER's responsibility......, 9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of .........10.4 Indemnifiction .........................6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Insurance, Bonds and.. ... 5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate.............................1.5.2-15.4 OWNER's Responsibility ............................ g.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions -- Subsurface and .............................................. 4.2 Underground Facilities-- .......................... 4.3.2 Record Documents .............. ...... .................. . 6.19 Scope of Change.......................................10.3-10.4 Substitutes ............................................. 6.7.3, 6.8.2 W Unit Price ork... ............................................11.9 value of Work, covered by .......................... 11.3 Changes in the Work,,,..,, 10 Notification of surety.........................................10.5 OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities.,,.,... 10.4 Right to an adjustment ............................ ..10.2 Scope of change ........................................ Claims -- against CONTRACTOR ............................... .....6.16 against ENGINEER ......................................... 6.32 against OWNER ................................................ 6.32 Change of Contract Price ....................... 9.4, 11.2 Change of Contract Times ......................... 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTOR's............ 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, ...........................11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, ............................................15.1, 15.5, 17.3 vi CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6 Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work ......................... 11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes,..,,.,.... 9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution............................. ...........16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement ....... .........16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpreter.... .............. ..... 9.11 Lump Sum Pricing ............. ................. . ....... 11.3.2 Notice of .............17.3 OWNER' s................... 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9 ........................12.1, 13.9, 13,13, 13.14, 17.3 OWNER'S liability...............................................5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment ................. 14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included.....................................................17.5 request for formal decision on ................ 9.11 Substitute Items Time Extension ................................. .............. ..12.1 Time requirements ................................. .9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work ................................. ............i 1.9.3 Value of ............................... .........11.3 Waiver of --on Final Payment„ .............. 14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive ......................................10.2 written notice required ......................9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations........... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Clean Site17 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association._,... .._........ ......................... 3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times ..................... 2.3 Communications-- general..............................................6.2, 6.9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs.......,. 6.22 Completion -- Final Application for Payment ......................... J4.12 Final Inspection..,,,,,..,,. Final Payment and Acceptance,,,, 14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization .......... ....... 14.10 Substantial Completion ......................1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims.... .........14.15 Computation of Times.................... .. ........17.2.1-17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ................................................. 6.8-6.11 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules ......................... 2.9 preconstruction...,, ......*, .._ Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy-- CONTRACTOR to Report,...,. ... 2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR............................................2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc, ................ 6.4 Continuing the Work .............. _6.29, 10.4 Contract Documents-- Amending.......................................................... Bonds............................................................. . 5.1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Cash Allowances..............................................11.8 Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price .................................... I I Change of Contract Times .................................. 12 Changes in the Work ............................ I ... 10.4-10.5 check and verify ................................................. 2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ......................... 3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of.....................................................1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of .................. 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER'S representative..............9.1 general3 Insurance...........................................................5.3 Intent........................................................3.1-3.4 minor variations in the Work ............................. 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish dat4...............8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment .................... ......$.3, 14.4, 14.13 precedence................................................3.1, 3.3.3 Record Documents............................................6.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies...................................3.3 Related Work.....................................................7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ........ 2.5, 3.3 Reuseof............................................................ 3.7 Supplementing ....................................... ......... .. 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment..........8.2 Unit Price Work...............................................11.9 variations .......................................... 3.6, 6.23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEER's...............................9.2 Contract Price -- adjustment of ............... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Changeof...........................................................11 Decision on Disputes........................................9.11 definition of.....................................................1.11 Contract Times -- adjustment of ..........................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 Change of................................................12.1-12.4 Commencement of.............................................2.3 definition of.....................................................1.12 CONTRACTOR -- Acceptance of Insurance ................................... 5.14 Communications ...................................... 6.2, 6.9.2 Continue Work........................................6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling............................0..•9.2 definition of....................................................1.13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2 May Stop Work or Terminate............................1.5.5 provide site access to others .......................7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, ...6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal........................................6.25 Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2 CONTRACTOR'sb Article or Paragraph Number Compensation............................................11.1-11.2 Continuing Obligation.....................................14.15 Defective Work ............................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11 Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency ........................................... 6.23 Defects in Work of Others ............................. 7•3 Differing conditions...................................4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents........ 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated.......... 4.3.2 Emergencies.....................................................6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3 Fee --Cost Plus..........................11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee .......................0.30 Hazard Communication Programs .....................0.22 Indemnification ............I............6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ............................... 7.3, 13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by..............6.14.1 Liability Insurance .............................................. 5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal .........................9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete theWork....................................................0.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by................6.12 Performance and Other Bonds ............................ 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................0.13 Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, ........................................ 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes .............. 9.11 Responsibilities -- Changes in the Work..................................10.1 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others......................................6.8-6.11 Continuing the Work ..........................0.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense .......................... 6.7.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee.......................................6.30 CONTRACTOR s review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal ................ 6.25 Coordination of Work ................................ 6.9.2 Emergencies ............................................... 6.23 ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items..............................6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others.............................6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts, insurance...................5.9 general........................................6, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs ........... 6.22 Indemnification ................................... 6.31-6.33 vii EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)_ w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Labor, Materials and Equipment..............6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations..................................6.14 Liability Insurance.... .. 5.4 .... ......... ............... Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents,..... ......................... 6.27 _, Patent Fees and Royalties.............................6.12 Permits....................... ..................... ........... 6.13 Progress Schedule... .............. 6.6 Record Documents.....,................................. 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals,...,,,., ..........6.28 .......................... safe structural loading ............................. 6.18 Safety and Protection****................6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ., „6.21 Scheduling the Work..................................6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples,,,,, Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER......................................6.26 Site Cleanliness .......................................... 6.17 Submittal Procedures ......................... 6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures ............. 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1 Superintendence ........................................... 6.2 Supervision...................................................6.1 Survival of Obligations ............................. 6.34 Taxes......................................................... 6.15 Tests and Inspections...................................13.5 To Report........... ...... ......... ......... ......... 2.5 Use of Premises .... ......6 6.30.2.4 ..........16-6.18, Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal" ..... *..__. **..._. 6.25 6.25 Right Right to adjustment for changes in the right to claim.......... 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, .._..,,., 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protection.,.....*.......... 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ........................................ 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals ..... 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants .......................... .11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense...........................................6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.......... 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence „.......6.1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by........... ...........6.15 Use of Premises ....................................... 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees ..........................6.5, 6.30 Warranty of Title,.,,,,.. ....... ......... .......... 14.3 Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........ 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions...** . .............. 4.2.3 Substantial Completion....................I...........14.8 viii CONTRACTORS --other, . , ,.. , . , , , Contractual Liability Insurance .......................... 5..4.10 Contractual Time Limits........... Article or Paragraph Number Coordination_ CONTRACTOR's responsibility ..................... 6.9.2 Copies of Documents ................................................ 2.2 Correction Period. ...... ............... 13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work-- in general .......................... .10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 1.3.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ... .............................. 6.30, 13.11 Correction Period ............................................. 13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .....„...„..13.14 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 Cost -- of Tests and Inspections ......................... Recordsll.7 .13.4 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts, .............. ... iscounts.................. ..................... 11.4.2 CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6 Employee Expenses .................................. 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to, . 11. General11.4-11.5 Home office and overhead expenses ....................11.5 Losses and damages .................... 11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment .................. ............ 11.4.2 Minor expenses ............. Payroll costs on changes ............................ 11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors...,,,....„ 11.4.3 Recordsll.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees............................................11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities 11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTORSs........... 11.4.4 Supplemental **"**,,... ................................. 11.4.5 Taxes related to the Work ......................... 1.1.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection ... I............................ 13.4 Trade Discounts ..................................... ........ 11.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities .............11.4.5.7 . Work after regular hours Covering Work...............................................13.6-13.7 Cumulative Remedies ........17.4-17.5 .............................. Cutting, fitting and patching .......................... 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER ........................ 8.3 Day --definition of ............................................ 17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ................ ....9.11 9.12 defective --definition of ................1.14 ............................ defective Work -- Acceptance of 10.4.1, ....................................... 13.13 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Correction or Removal of .....................10.4.1, 13.11 Correction Period............................................13.12 in general.........................................13, 14.7, 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work ............... ...... ............13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects...................................13.1 Rejecting...........................................................9.6 Uncovering the Work.......................................13.8 Definitions................................................................ I Delays ..................................... 4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 Delivery of Bonds ................................ .. ...................2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................2.7 Determinations for Unit Prices ................................ 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions-- Noticeof........................................................4.2.3 ENGINEER's Review ...................................... 4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change .............. 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ............. 4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving................................2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution-- Agreement................................................16.1-16.6 Arbitration................................................16.1-16.5 general 16 Mediation........................................................16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement .......... ...............16.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER .................. 9.11-9.12 Documents -- Copiesof...........................................................2.2 Record 6.19 Reuseof............................................................ 3.7 Drawings --definition of..........................................1.15 Easements.............................................................4.1 Effective date of Agreement -- definition of .............1.16 Emergencies...........................................................6.23 ENGINEER -- as initial interpreter on disputes................9.11-9.12 definition of....................................................1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities..... 9.13 Replacement of .................................................. 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of..................1.18 ENGINEER's-- authority and responsibility, limitations on ........ 9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work.....................9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for........9.7, 10, 11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations. .............. 3.6.3,9.4 isputes.................. Decisions on Disputes, ................. 9.11-9.12 defective Work, notice of..................................13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items ..........................6.7.3 Liability...................................................6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable..............................14.13 Observations...........................................6.30.2, 9.2 OWNER'S Representative....................................9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for.....................................9.9, 14 Recommendation of Payment ................I...14.4, 14.13 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities --Limitations on..... Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions.............................4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility .............................................. 6.26 Status During Construction -- authorized variations in the Work..................9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes ......................... 9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price .......................9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter .......... 9.11-9.12 ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities .............................. 9.13 OWNER's Representative..............................9.1 Project Representative...................................9.3 Rejecting Defective Work ............................... .6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments....................................9.7-9.9 Visits to Site.................................................9.2 Unit Price determinations ................................. 9.10 Visits to Site ...................................................... 9.2 Written consent required .............................. 7.2, 9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and ....................... 6.3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work...................11.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment .........................0.7 error or omissions..................................................0.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................5.11 Explorations of physical conditions ....................... 4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6 Field Order -- definition of.....................................................1.19 issued by ENGINEER ................................ 3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment .............................. 14.12 Final Inspection...................................................14.11 Final Payment -- and Acceptance ......................... ............ 14.13-14.14 Prior to, for cash allowances..............................11.8 General Provisions..........................................17.3-17.4 General Requirements -- definition of ..................................................... J.20 principal references to..............2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice.........................................................17.1 Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR........ 6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs .......................... 6.22 Hazardous Waste -- definition of.....................................................1.21 general............................................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ............................... 8.10 ix EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)_ Indemnification ..................... Initially Acceptable Schedules. Inspection -- Certificates of .................. Final ........................... ...6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Insurance...........................................................5.3 .............................2.9 Precedence ................................................ 3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to....... 3.3.1 .......................................... . ......9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Safety and Protection................................6.20, 13.2 14.11 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ........... 6.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number Special, required by ENGINEER .................... .. 9.6 Tests and Approval ........................... 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance -- Acceptance of, by OWNER...............................5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work............................................11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work .................. 2.7 Bonds and --in general... Cancellation Provisions ....................................... 5.8 Certificates of...................2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, .................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations 5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4 CONTRACTOR'S objection to coverage.............5.14 Contractual Liability .......................... 5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility................................................ 5.9 Final Application for Payment ...............*.........14.12 Licensed Insurers ............................................. _.5.3 Notice requirements, material changes ........ 5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace ............................ ......5.14 other special insurances..................................5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds................. OWNER's Liability ............................................ 5.5 OWNER's Responsibility ..................... 8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance ...........5.15 Property .................................................... 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............................................. 5.12-5.13 Special Insurance .............................................. 5.10 Waiver of Rights..............................................5.11 Intent of Contract Documents , ....3.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications .....................3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions 4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment ........................ .6.3-6.5 Lands -- and Easements...................................................8.4 Availability of.............................................4.1, 8.4 Reports and Tests ................................. 8.4 Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations-- Bonds 5 1-5.2 Changes in the Work 10.4 Contract Documents ...................... 3.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities .....................6.14 Correction Period, defective Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„.. 13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes .................. .......... 11.4.5.4 definition of ............................... 1.22 general6.14 Indemnification .................. 6.31-6.33 x Tests and Inspections ........................ .13.5 Use of Premises ............. Visits to Site ................................. 9.2 Liability Insurance-- CONTRACTOR's ...... ...............5.4 ......................... . OWNER's.......................................................... 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ....................... 5.3 Liens -- Application for Progress Payment ........ ...........14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ,...„............. 14.3 Final Application for Payment ......................... .................. 14.12 definition of .................... ........................ 1.23 Waiver of Claims............................................14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibilities ...,,...*........ ............................. . 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized...................................................... 4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals -- Final Application for Payment .................. 14.12 Manuals (of others) -- Precedence .... ............................... 3.3.3.1 Reference to in Contract Documents .................... 3.3.1 Materials and equipment -- furnished by CONTRACTOR .......... ................6.3 not incorporated in Work.,, ,.,.,... 14.2 Materials or equipment --equivalent .......................... 6.7 Mediation (Optional)., .............16.7 Milestones --definition of ........................................ 1.24 Miscellaneous -- Computation of Times,,.,..., 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ....................... 17.4 Giving Notice,.,..,,. 17.1 Notice of Claim ........._.17.3 ...................................... Professional Fees and Court Costs Included ......... 17.5 Multi -prime contracts..,,, .............. 7 Not Shown or Indicated ........................... 4.3.2 Notice of -- Acceptability of Project ..................... .14.13 Award, definition of .......................................... 1.25 Claim Defects, 13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 4.2.3 Giving............................................................17.1 Tests and Inspections ................... . 13.3 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample................6.27 Notice to Proceed -- definition of 1.26 ............................... givingof ........................................................... 2.3 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Notification to Surety ..............................................10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER...........................k•30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work .................. 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR...............6.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5.6.2 Option to Replace .......................................... I ......... .14 Article or Paragraph Number "Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work --prohibition of ................................. 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance ofdefective Work ..........................13.13 appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2 as fiduciary ...............................................5.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................4.1 definition of....................................................1.27 data, furnish......................................................8.3 May Correct Defective Work...........................1.3.14 May refuse to make payment.............................14.7 May Stop the Work.........................................13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ........................... $.8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt.....................8.3, 14.4, 14.13 performanm of other work .................................. 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements ................... 6.13 purchased insurance requirements ...............5.6-5.10 OWNER's-- Acceptance of the Work..............................0.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute.......... 8.6, 10.4 Communications ................................................ 8.1 Coordination of the Work ................................... 7.4 Disputes, request for decision............................9.11 Inspections, tests and approval* .................. $.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance..............................................5.5 Notice of Defects..............................................13.1 Representative --During Construction, ENGINEER's Status......................................9.1 Responsibilities -- Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ................8.10 Change Orders..............................................8.6 Changes in the Work...................................10.1 communications............................................8.1 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements ..............8.11 inspections, tests and approvals .....................8.7 insurance ....................................................... 8.5 lands and easements...........................I.........8.4 prompt payment by........................................8.3 replacement of ENGINEER ...........................$•2 reports and tests............................................8.4 stop or suspend Work..................8.8, 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTOR's services .....8.8, ..................................... 15.2 separate representative at site ............................. 9.3 testing, independent ............... use or occupancy of the Woik....................... written consent or approval required ........................... ...................... 13.4 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 9.1, 6.3, 11.4 xl EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)" Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ........................7.1, 9.4, 9.11, ....................................11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs -- definition of ......................................................1.29 ................................. general.............................................................. 4.5 OWNER'S responsibility for .................... 8.10 Partial Utilization -- definition of ..........1.28 ............................. . general6.30.2.4, 14.10 Property Insurance ............................................. 5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ....................... 6.12 Payment Bonds ................... ...5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of..............14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion -- Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title .................. 14.3 Final Application for Payment........ .................. 14.12 Final Inspection .............. ............ .14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14 general........................................................ 8.3, 14 Partial Utilization ...........14.10 ................................. Retainage.......... ..........................14.2 ..................... Review of Applications for Progress Payments .......................... 14.4-14.7 prompt payment,.... .......................................... 8_3 Schedule of Values ..............14.1 Substantial Completion ....... .......... .14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims......,.. 14.15 when payments due ................................. 14.4, 14.13 withholding payment.._. ........14.7 ............................. Performance Bonds............................................5.1-5.2 Permits Petroleum -- definition of .......1.30 ................................. general ............................... .4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ........................... 8.10 Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relating to ...................... 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's review 4.2.4 existing structures............................................4.2.2 general 4.2.1.2 .......................................................... Notice of Differing Subsurface or......................4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change ............... 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .......„.„..4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ...................... ............... 4.2.1 Subsurface and....................................................4.2 Subsurface Conditions..,,... 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ...................... 4.2.2 Underground Facilities -- general................ ............................... 4.3 Not Shown or Indicaed............................... Protection Of 4.3, . ....................................... 6.20 Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated ................................................ 4.3.1 Technical Data ............................................... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conference ....................... 2.8 Preliminary Matters..... 2 Preliminary Schedules...,,.... 2.6 .............. Premises, Use of...... Price, Change of Contract 11 Price, Contract --definition of....,,.,, 1.11 Progress Payment, Applications for.......... 14.2 Progress Pa g yment--retainage................................... 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's............. 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, ....... 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Project --definition of....,..... 1.31 Project Representative— ENGINEER's Status During Construction „.... 9.3 Project Representative, Resident --definition of..,..,,..1.33 prompt payment by OWNER g 3 ..................................... Property Insurance -- Additional . 5.7 ........................................... general5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization 5.15, 14.10.2 receipt and application of proceeds ............5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and ....................... 6.20-6.21, 13.2 Punch list Radioactive Material-- defintion of 1.32 genera14.5 OWNER's responsibility for ................... 8.10 Recommendation of Payment.. 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents 6.19, 14.12 .................. Records, procedures for maintaining 2.8 Reference Points Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies 3.3 Regulations, Laws and (or) ...................................... 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ................. 9.6 ............ Related Work -- atSite ........................................................ 7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review..,,,...„ 6.28 Remedies, cumulative._... 17.4, 17.5 Removal or Correction ofDefective Work ....,,......... 13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required ..... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER ................... 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......... 2.5, 3.3.2 6.14.2 Reports -- and Drawings ......................... 4.2.1 ....................... and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ............ . 8A Resident and Project Representative -- definition of....................................................1.33 provision for 9.3 ............................... EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'S ............... 6.2 Responsibilities— CONTRACTOR's-in general... 6 ENGINEER's-in general........................................9 Limitations on.............................................9.13 OWNER's-in general.............................................8 Retainage............................................................1.4.2 Reuse of Documents ................................................. 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal, ......................... 6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments.....................................14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment...........................................10.2 Rightsof Way..........................................................4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and......................................6.12 Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.18 Safety -- and Protection................................4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2 general .................................................... 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR's.......................6.21 Samples -- definition of ..................................................... 1.34 general .................................................... 6.24-6.2 8 Review by CONTRACTOR................................6.25 Review by ENGINEER .............................. 6.26, 6.27 related Work.....................................................6.28 submittal of....................................................6.24.2 submittal procedures ......................................... 6.25 Schedule of progress.............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, .........................................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to..................................................15.2.1 Adjusting...........................................................6.6 Change of Contract Times.................................10.4 Initially Acceptable ...................................... 2.8, 2.9 Preliminary........................................................ 2.6 Scope of Changes.......................................10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions........................................4.2.1.1 Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general.................................6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and.........................................9.7-9.9 definition of......................................................1.35 ENGINEER's approval of.................................3.6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review ..................................... 9.7, 6.24-6.28 related Work.....................................................6.28 review procedures...............................2.8, 6.24-6.28 Article or Paragraph Number submittal required ............................................... 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures.........................................6.25 use to approve substitutions .............................. 6.7.3 Shown or Indicated...............................................4.3.1 Site Access......................................................7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness......................................................0.17 Site, Visits to -- by ENGINEER .......................................... 9.2, 13.2 byothers..........................................................13.2 "special causes of loss" policy form, insurance........................................................5.6.2 definition of. .................................................... 1.36 Specifications— defination of....................................................1.36 of Technical Societies, reference t9...................3.3.1 precedence......................................................3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ........................................ 3.3 Starting Construction, Before..............................2.5-2.8 Starting the Work.....................................................2.4 Stop or Suspend Work -- by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5 by OWNER ..................................... 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety........................................6.18 Subcontractor -- Concerning ................................................ 6.8-6.11 definition of.....................................................1.37 delays........................................................I....12.3 waiver of rights ................................................ 6.11 Subcontractors --in general.................................6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required provisions......... 5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals -- Applications for Payment..................................14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals...............14.12 Procedures...................................................... 6.25 Progress Schedules......................................2.6, 2.9 Samples...................................................6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ...................... .............. .2.6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions......................................2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ........................ ................. 6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion -- certification of............................6.•30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of.....................................................1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ........ 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items...............................6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense............................6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation ................................. 6.7.3 "Or -Equal...................................................... .7.1.1 Substitute Construction Methods EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures , 6 7.2 Substitute Items ............................................ 6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relatng to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's Review ...................................... 4.2.4 general .............................. ................................ 4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized.................................................4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................ 4.2.3 Physical Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments...............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ............... 4.2.1 Subsurface and Subsurface Conditions at the Site...................4.2.1.1 Technical Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ..................... 4.2.2 Supervision— CONTRACTOR's responsibility ..........................6.1 OWNER shall not supervise................................8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence,,,,,,,,,,,, .......................... 6.2 ..... Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident,,,,,,,, .. 6.2 Supplemental costs, .. ..,,, ........................,,,,, .. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions-- definition of1.39 principal references to.................1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, .......................4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9, ................. .11,6.8,6.13,7.4,8.11,9.3,9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents., ...................... 3.6 Supplier -- definition of ................................. 1.40 principal references to...........3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 6.20, ...............6.24, 9.13, 14.12 Waiver of Rights...............................................6.11 Surety -- consent to final payment ........... ...........14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to,,,,,, , 9.13 Notification of..................................10.1, 10.5, 15.2 qualification of,,,,,,,, „................................5.1-5.3 Survival of Obligations,,,,, „ 6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination-- ........... ,, ,,,,,.,..15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate,,,,, , , 15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work..............................15.1 OWNER May Terminate.............................15.2-15.4 Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR.,,,,,,,,,. 6.15 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR, ................ 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions xiv Temporary construction facilities 4.1 Article or Paragraph Number Termination -- by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5 by OWNER........................................8.8, 15.1-15.4 m of ENGINEER's employent,,,,,,, ...8.2 Suspension of Work-in general ............................ 15 Terms and Adjectives ................................. .3.4 Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work, by others 13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ..................... 13.5 cost of 13.4 covering Work prior to........13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or),,,,...., ...................... 13.5 Notice of Defects...............................................13.1 OWNER May Stop Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.10 OWNER's independent testing ..........................13.4 special, required by ENGINEER ..........................9.6 timely notice required,,,,,,,,,, ......... .........13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's request.................................................13.8-13.9 Times-- Adjusting...........................................................6.6 Change of Contract ................................. 12 Computation of ............................... . 17.2 Contract Times --definition of .......... .............. 1.12 day.........................................................17.2.2 Milestones ........................................................... 12 Requirements-- appeals.................................................9.10, 16 clarifications, claims and disputes..................9.11, 11.2, 12 Commencement of Contract Times , 2.3 Preconstruction Conference ...........................2.8 schedules .......................... ......... 2 .....6, 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work ............................. ............ 2.4 Title, Warranty of ................................................... 14.3 Uncovering Work.............................................13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions -- definition of....................................................1.41 Not Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,, .................... „4.3.2 protection of..............................................4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated .........4.3.1 ............................... . Unit Price Work-- claims.........................................................11.9.3 definition of....................................................1.42 general 11.9, 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices -- general 11.3.1 Determination for ...................................... Use of Premises ............................... ......9.10 . 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners,,,, , .... 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2 Utilization, Partial ,,,,1.28, 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work 11.3 Values, Schedule of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to 7/96 Section 00100 Page 2 Variations in Work --Minor Authorized........ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site --by ENGINEER .................................... 9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ......................14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured partie$.................. $.11, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR................................................6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's........................14.3 Work -- Accessto..........................................................1.3.2 byothers............................................................... 7 Changes in the.....................................................10 Continuing the..................................................6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate...............................................15.5 Coordination of...................................................7.4 Cost of the ................................................. 11.4-11.5 definition of.....................................................1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR...........................1.3.14 otherWork............................................................7 OWNER May Stop Work .............................. 13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.16, 15.1 Related, Work at Site....................................7.1-7.3 Starting the........................................................2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR.............................15.5 Stopping by OWNER.................................15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minov...........3.6 Work Change Directive -- claims pursuant to.............................................10.2 definition of ..................................................... 1.44 principal references to ..................... 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment -- definition of.....................................................1.45 principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12, .........................6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, ............................ 11.2,12.1,13.12.2,14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations, .................................. 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required -- by CONTRACTOR............................7.1, 9.10-9.11, ........................................... 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER ....................9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 xv EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) (This page left blank intentionally) xvi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) No Text GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order —A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EJCDC GENERAL, CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective --An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. L I T ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER'S Consultant --A person, firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 1.20. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1 22 b Legal Holidays —shall be those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collins. 1.23. Liens —Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. Notice of Award —A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority, corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32.a. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1 32 b Regular Working Hours —Regular working hours are defined as 7:00am to 6:00ym unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements. 1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof 1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to fizrnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive --A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment --A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be famished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In ne event vMl the EentmLt—Time eeffhlflenee to fun later- than the sixtieth day after- the da of Bid npeni g the thiAi th a a the ❑cv eti Date of the . aFj. eu,..a.y whiehever Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar days for each review by Engineer. 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and ^� shall eaeh deliver to the etliff OWNER, with copies to identiged inthe S. pl - ENGINEER, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance r-easenably—request requested j y OWNER) which CONTRACTOR after O*Pn ER ~evstively a is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4,E and S. . Preconstruction Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, a4 !east . n days be f _e siaba issi ... e f the fir - before any work at the site begins, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as app£epriiate designated by OWNER, will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies, Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). own nsk. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. .. of or filing a fneehanie'slien h lands s OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of - way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2. L L Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized,' Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, prernptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work - Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if, 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty- first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment 7/96 Section 00100 Page 3 oil ,� ..�. _ le: .� im VP EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) ARTICLE 5-110NDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance accordance with paragraph 5.4. QNWlER sl�ll deliver to !`ON9 A C-TO '. to eaah Een&iens, eeAifiemes—ef insufinee (and e par-agFaphs 5.6 and 5.7 he .eef by Laws Regulations eeeasiened enfer-eement ef and watef- Ala, and sueh ethff -il as may be lifr�ted te fees and ehafges of engineers and mehite_ts)j 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 10 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) OWN Pit -00 ON Will • I. 1_ . ....... ="Mal .. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds: 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and if required ... . i tin > ipte est OsAq,TER as fid, hall a bond for- th Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 5.14. If either- paAy (01ALNER er CONTRACTOR) r TOR) OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Beads er insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the edier pa CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the nhj et...b Y `J .hall notify the other- OWNER will . notify CONTRACTORin writing within ten fifteen days after receipt delivery of the certificates (^" etl.e" °,vice requested) to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7. ether- sueh additional + provided as -the -ether may reaseaebly-equest. if either paFty does net ase r- maintain all of the Bonds an ies�rral3e�— required+ of Vsueh party —by the Eentr-aet ,A,riting of .. „h failure to pure1.ase or -to the + .+ f the Beadser- a te eteet n i other- .a. 1 interests + t the expense of the ...., , hwasr-equired to pr-evid sue 1. eever-age, and a Change Order- shall be issued �e adjust the Partial Utilization —Property Insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTORS representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment. 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be performed on Saturday Sunday Holidays or outside the Regular Working Hours. II 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the fumishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk Mana ement Division or the City Clerk's office. 6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 12 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORS Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. 6_8. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 6_9. CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own forces (that is, without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. 6.8.2. If the Supplementai:y.Condi. Biddint; Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —and --if CONTRACTOR :as stetted —a list tneFeef i aeserdauEe with the Se'emetay—=gin OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of efganiza4ien se identified may be fevoked an the m which Ease —CONTRACTOR shall —subm r an acceptable substitute, the Gentfaet Pr-iee—yb 11 be aE ius4ea by the ai ff the eest eeeasioned t. sueb substitHtieii and an appropriate Change Or -de will constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the use of the named subcontractors, suppliers or other persons or organization on the Work unless prior written approval is obtained from OWNER and ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTORSs own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other person or organization evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment". 13 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. ;V °..ever anA, sueh agreemen r r. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold hamnless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edison) 14 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.14. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and local sales and use taxes on materials to be permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. CONTRACTOR must apply for, and receive, a Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado Department of Revenue for construction materials to be physically incorporated into the project. This Certification of Exemption provides that the CONTRACTOR shall neither pay nor include in his Bid, Sales and Use Taxes on those building and construction materials physically incorporated into the project. Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, Colorado, 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and building materials physically incorporated into the project are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included in appropriate bid items. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. Safety Representative. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any, significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 16 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submittal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work. 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6,30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. Indemnification: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 18 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer agast whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing